2018全国中考英语试题分类汇编 ：阅读理解（学生卷） 228页

‎2018全国中考英语试题分类汇编 ：阅读理解 ‎ ‎ ‎（一）辽宁阜新 Nowadays, the food that you buy comes from many different countries. Have a look in your fridge and fruit bowl, and check the origins (来源) of the food. Perhaps there are apples from California or potatoes from Egypt. You will probably be surprised how far food travels to get to your plate. This journey, from “field to plate”, is called “food miles”. A food mile is the distance that food travels from the farmer’s field to the person who buys the food. Nowadays, food often travels thousands of miles to get to the consumer (消费者). Why is this, and what are the effects (影响) of these long distances?‎ Traditionally, farmers sold their food in the local market, so the food didn’t have to travel very far. The consumers also did not travel very far because they went to their local market to buy the food. Now, because of modern technology, food comes from all over the world. We do not have to wait for spring or summer to buy strawberries or tomatoes. They are available in winter if we want.‎ Some countries have to import (进口) most of their food. This is because they have difficult climates. The United Arab Emirates (UAE), for example, get 85% of its food from other countries.‎ I believe these miles are worrying for some reasons. First of all, because food travels such long distances, we need more planes, trucks and ships to move the food. This means we use more oil or petrol, so there is more pollution and more global (全球的) warming. Besides, food that travels a long way is not fresh and usually not very tasty. Tomatoes, for example, are picked early and stored for their long journeys. For this reason, they are usually tasteless when they get to the consumer. Local food has a better taste, and it also reduces (makes sth. less) the amount of global pollution. We need to buy more local food.‎ 提示词：distance距离； climates气候； petrol汽油 ‎1.What is called “food miles” according to this passage?‎ A. The origins of the food. B. The effects of long distances.‎ C. The journey from field to plate. D. The disadvantages of imported food.‎ ‎2 .The underlined word “available” in Paragraph 2 most probably means “________”.‎ A. easy to get B. not busy C. willing to talk D. impossible to get ‎3.Some countries, like the United Arab Emirates, have to import most of their food because of ________ .‎ A. long distances B. difficult climates C. fresh and tasty food D. modern technology ‎4.The writer uses the LAST paragraph mostly to encourage readers to ________.‎ A. buy more local food B. increase international trade C. travel long distances D. use imported food ‎5.This passage is mainly about ________.‎ A. how local food travels from field to plate B. where different kinds of food come from C. how some countries import their food D. what “food miles” is and its effects ‎ （二）辽宁省阜新市 ‎ Once there was a man traveling in a faraway village. As he was passing the elephants, he stopped at once. He found that these huge elephants were being held by only a small rope tied to their front legs. No chains, no cages. It was clear that the elephants could, at any time, break away from their ropes but for some reason, they did not.‎ He saw a trainer nearby and asked why these animals just stood there and didn’t try to get away. “Well,” the trainer said, “when they were very young and much smaller, we used the same size rope to tie them and, at that age, it was enough to hold them. As they grow up, they still believe they cannot break away. They believe the rope can hold them, so they never try to break free.” ‎ How could it be? These animals could at any time break free from their ropes. But because they were always stuck right where they were, they believed they couldn’t.‎ Just like the elephants, how many of us go through life believing that we cannot do something, just because we failed in it once before?‎ ‎ ▲ . We should never give up the struggle (斗争) in life.‎ ‎1.The elephants were being held by ________.‎ A. a small rope B. a big chain C. a long line D. a piece of cloth ‎2.The man felt ________ after he heard what the trainer said.‎ A. excited B. surprised C. angry D. nervous ‎3.The elephants never tried to break free from the ropes because ________.‎ A. they liked their living places B. they were too old to do it C. they thought they could not D. they got on well with the trainer ‎4.In the last paragraph which of the following can be put in ▲ ?‎ A. Failure is part of learning B. We should be different from others C. Helping animals is helping ourselves D. Traveling always makes people relaxed ‎5.What is the best title for this passage?‎ A. A Pleasant Trip B. A Bad Trainer C. Elephant Training D. The Elephant Rope ‎ （三）江苏省泰州市 ‎ ‎ After coming to America, the use of “yes” and “no” brings me a lot of trouble, because the use in Korea (韩语) is a different from that in English. For example, if I am asked, “Haven’t you had dinner yet?” and I have not had dinner yet, then in Korean I usually say “Yes, I haven’t.” But in English, I have to say, “No, I haven’t.”‎ ‎ Because of this, my friends often get the opposite meaning from what I want to give them. One day only a month after I came to America, I had dinner with an American student, Bob. He asked me some questions and I answered them sincerely. A few days later, I found some roommates thought that I came from North Korea. One day I stopped by Bob’s room and asked why he was spreading the wrong information. “Oh, you told me that. Don’t you remember?” he said, “When I asked you ‘You are not from North Korea,are you’you clearly answered, ‘Yes, of course.’ Didn’t it mean that you are from North Korea?”‎ ‎ The different use also causes problems between my friends and me. One weekend night, my roommate Mark brought his children into the dorm(宿舍). They make some noise while playing. I didn’t mind the noise since I was just watching TV. The next morning, I met Mark. He asked me with a smile, “Didn’t my children make noise last night? Didn’t it make you uncomfortable?” Because I did not mind the noise at all, I clearly said “Yes!” The smile suddenly disappear from Mark’s face, and he said, “I am sorry about that. They are going right now. See you later.” I could not understand what he was sorry about, and I just said, “OK. Bye!” After a moment of thinking, I realized how stupid I was. That evening, I explained to Mark and said sorry to him. I knew he thought that I had been very rude. ‎ ‎ Now to deal with this problem, I have set simple rules: First, take a five-second break if I am not sure of “yes” or “no”, Second, use “pardon me”, so the person may explain to me in a direct way.‎ ‎1 .From the passage, we can infer (推断) that the writer comes from ______.‎ A. North Korea B. America C. South Korea D. China ‎2.In Paragraph 3, when the writer answered “Yes”，Mark might think the writer was _______.‎ A. rude B. kind C. helpful D. polite ‎3.The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 3 refers to (指的是) _______.‎ A. “yes” B. the noise C. watching TV D. the smile ‎4.If the writer is not sure of “yes” or “no” next time, he will say______.‎ A. “ pardon me” B. “yes” C. “no” D. “I don’t know”‎ ‎5.The writer writes the passage mainly to remind us_______.‎ A. to work hard on English B. to learn to respect other C. never to use “yes” or “no” D. to know culture differences ‎ （四）江苏省泰州市 ‎ ‎ That year, I was a Junior 2 student. Falling off the stairs hurt me in the head. Almost everyone thought I was dead. But they were wrong. However, it was difficult to get back to normal (正常的) life. I had to leave school and learn everything, walking, talking, and yes, maths. ‎ ‎ To help me with that task, Mrs. Pillar volunteered to come to the hospital and later to my house once a week. We began with basic maths skills, As time passed by, I made progress.‎ ‎ I remembered very vividly how she came to my home on Sundays, sat with me at the kitchen table, and threw different coins on the talbe. She asked me to show her 38 cents, 17 cents, 63 cents. It was challenging, but she also made it fun. ‎ ‎ After a year and a half, I had progressed a lot, both in body and mind, to return to school. Seven years later, I graduated from the University of Texas at the top of my class.‎ ‎ As year went by, I always kept in touch with Mrs. Pillar. Unluckily, one day my parents told me that Mrs. Pillar had been in hospital because she suffered a stroke(中风).‎ ‎ Now it was my turn to help her. Mrs. Pillar lay in bed, unable to speak and know anyboay around. I pulled some coins out of my pocket, dropped them on her bed, and asked her to show me 12 cents. The nurse thought that my action was very strange until one day Mrs. Pillar smiled happily as I began working with ‎ her—just as she had worked with my years before. She make progress every day and was moved out of ICU(重症监护室) and finally out of hospital. ‎ ‎ One day, I called to wish her a happy New Year. She spoke into the phone excitedly, “Happy New Year to you and your family, Michael. Thank you for everything you’ve done for me.” I quickly said, “Thank you for everything you’ve done for me.”‎ ‎ Mrs. Pillar was one of my Junior 2 teachers, but she taught me so much more about life than only maths.‎ ‎1.Which of the following is the correct order of what happened in the story? ‎ A. Mrs. Pillar suffered a stroke and was in hospital.‎ B. I fell off the stairs and had to leave school.‎ C. I returned to school with Mrs. Pillar’s help.‎ D. Mrs. Pillar got better with my help.‎ A. b-c-d-a B. c-a-b-d C. b-c-a-d D. b-d-c-a ‎2.What does the underlined word “vividly” mean in Paragraph(段落) 3?‎ A. 模糊的 B. 清晰地 C. 彻底地 D. 感激地 ‎3.What does the writer mean by saying “… I graduated from the University of Texas at the top of my class” in Paragraph 4?‎ A. He was clever than his classmates.‎ B. He worked very hard on maths.‎ C. His classmates failed to graduate.‎ D. Mrs. Pillar’s help greatly influenced him.‎ ‎4.The writer asked Mrs. Pillar to show him 12 cents in the hospital in order to ______.‎ A. help Mrs. Pillar just as Mrs. Pillar helped him B. play an interesting game with Mrs. Pillar C. see whether Mrs. Pillar was getting better D. make the nurse in the hospital feel strange ‎5.What is the best title for the passage?‎ A. A Great Teacher B. Always Have A Dream C. Never Give up D. Kindness Makes Wonders ‎（五）江苏省泰州市 ‎1.From the passage we can know that ______in Big Bend National Park.‎ A. lions won’t attack tourists B. there is danger for tourists C. snakes are active during winter D. you can’t find monkeys or rabbits ‎2.When your car breaks down in Big Bend National Park, you can _____.‎ A. stay with it waiting for help B. make a fire with wood C. walk through the forest D. go and find someone to fix it ‎3.If a lion or a tiger attacks you in Big Bend National Park, you can ________.‎ A. run away quickly B. let children play with them C. throw stones at them D. use a flashlight to scare them away ‎4.According to the passage, you might ______in Big Bend National Park.‎ A. drive as fast as you can B. take sleeping bags with you C. give food to wild animals D. walk around in bushes in summer ‎5.What’s the passage mainly about?‎ A. How to protect yourself against wildlife.‎ B. The great beauty of Big Bend National Park.‎ C. Big Bend National Park’s safety instructions.‎ D. Things to do while driving in Big Bend National Park.‎ ‎ （六）湖北省武汉市 ‎ ‎1.We may read the advertisement above______.‎ A. in a geography book B. in a history magazine C. on a travel website D. in a city newspaper ‎2.The advertisement offers information mainly to people from_______.‎ A. China B. America C. England D. Canada ‎3.If you want to get an event pack, you need to______‎ A. text CHINA to 82727 B. learn about the Great Wall C. visit nspcc.org.uk/chinalrek D. e-mail chailenges@nspcc.org.uk ‎4.We 1earn from the material that_____________.‎ A. you can sign up on Octobr30th B. you can call for more information C. the Great Wall Trek lasts for half a month D. the joiners can trek on the whole Greal wall ‎5.NSPCC has something to do with________.‎ A. nature B. children C. the Great Wal1 D. standard network ‎ （七）湖北省武汉市 ‎ From a young age, I've had a really deep connection with being outside. I've been skiing since I was eight or nine years old. I' ve been on expeditions(探险)in many places like China, Pakistan and so on. But it was in my home country, the USA, that I came closest to death.‎ It was April, 2011. I was skiing in the Tetons with my friends Jeremy and Xavier, both experienced snowboarders. That day, I was the last person to ski. They were watching me from a safe area. Suddenly, I heard someone cry loudly. I turned around and saw the whole mountain start to move behind me. It was a massive avalanche(大雪崩). The kind of avalanche that destroys trees, cars, buses, even houses! Tens of thousands of tons of snow were coming straight down the mountain behind me. I felt the snow push me forward, hundreds of meters, and then cover me. It was so heavy that I couldn't breathe. And then it pushed me forward again and up,out of the snowpack. I looked around, and for a few seconds I actually stopped being terrified. I had a moment to pause and to look at the power of the avalanche.‎ I looked down into the bottom of the valley(峡谷). I could see trees that were 30m tall, because I was so far ‎ away, they looked tiny to me. “OK, I' m going all the way to the bottom!” I thought. Then the snow pushed me again down the mountain another 450m I thought the force of the Snow would destroy me, it was powerful. But in the end, I felt the avalanche slow down and I just popped (迸出)right out of the snow at the bottom of the valley.‎ It took Jeremy and Xavier about20 minutes to reach me. There was a pile of debris(碎片)‎ Across the bottom of the mountain 300m wide. They couldn't believe it when they saw me. I was so lucky Has the experience changed me? Do I think about life differently? I don't know, maybe.But I do know that it’s important to live your life with meaning. Life is a gift, so use it wisely.‎ ‎1.What impressed the writer most in his skiing experience is ___________.‎ A. the power of snow B. the sight of the valley C. the danger of popping D. the luck of his expedition ‎2.The underlined word 'they' refers to______.‎ A. the mountains B. the trees C. Jeremy and Xavier D. Piles of debris ‎3.From the passage, it' s true that________.‎ A. the writer came closest lo death when he skied in Pakistan B. the avalanche pushed the writer down about300m away C. the writer' s friends watched him at the bottom of the valley D. the writer couldn' t breathe because of the weight of the snow ‎4.The writer was thrown out of the snow when_______.‎ A. his friends reached for him B. he was pushed to the bottom C. the avalanche started to slow down D. the snow drove him forward again ‎5.According to the writer, _______.‎ A. his experience and his friends have changed him B. it' s impossible to know the force of snow C. one should not live a meaningless life D. he doesn' t mind the matter of life or death ‎ （八）湖北省武汉市 ‎ During the summer holiday, some students might have been busy with traveling, summer camps and a1l kinds of courses, but a specia1 group of Chinese middle schoo1 students decided to taste the hardship of life outside school.‎ Twelve students in a big city sold vegetables at a1oca1 market together With in12 days, they made more than 1,500 yuan.‎ Among them, the oldest is21 years old, while the youngest is just 10. They are a11 cousins in a big family and eight of them are from rura1 areas.‎ ‎“Compared to traveling, such social practice connects us and makes us learn how tough our parents are,” said Dalin, 18,to the City Morning Post. Dalin,a senior high graduate, and her 12-yeal-old brother Xiaolin came up with the idea.‎ They learned to work hard to sell their veggies. Every morning they had to wake up at 3 o'c1ock. Some of them went to the farmer' s market to buy vegetables. Some of them went to the 1oca1 market lo lake up a temporary stall (临时摊位) To 1ower the cost, they learned to bargain ‎(讲价) with the sellers.‎ At abou16:30 am, they began to sell vegetables. They peddled(吆喝) 1oudly to attract(吸引)‎ customers. After severa1 days, they got some experience, too.‎ For example, it was better to put vegetables in order and bigger ones on top. When the vegetables are too heavy, they should give customers an extra plastic bag.‎ When they finally packed up and went home,they had a small meeting. Everyone took notes and shared their feelings.‎ ‎“We are tired,” said Dalin. “but we gained a1ot.‎ ‎1.In the writer's opinion, the12 students’ action was________.‎ A. popular B. encouraging C. strange D. embarrassing ‎2.The cousins decided to sell vegetables at a market to________.‎ A. show how able they were B. have less hardship of life C. learn how hard their parents work D. prepare for their future traveling ‎3.They bargained with the se11ers to__________‎ A. cut down the cost B. share their feelings C. get bigger vegetables D. attract more customers ‎4.It’s clear that___________.‎ A. they took up the temporary stall in turn B. they gave each customer an extra plastic bag C. Dalin and Xiaolin got the idea of se11ing vegetables D. the elder sold vegetables when the younger took notes ‎5.The best title of the story should be_______.‎ A. Summer Courses B. Family Business C. Students Learn from Bargains D. Cousins Work with Vegetables ‎ （九）江苏省南京市 ‎ There was a kingdom long, long ago. It was ruled by king who loved riddles. Once a year the king made a new riddle. He gave a prize to the person who could solve the riddle.‎ ‎ There was a baker who also lived in this kingdom. Everyone agreed that he baked the finest breads. The baker had almost everything he needed except for a horse. If the baker had a horse, he could sell his fine breads from one end of the kingdom to the other.‎ One year the king made a new riddle that puzzled everyone. "I will give a prize to the person who can solve my riddle, " the king said. Whoever wins will have the pick of one of my strongest horses." He then drew a line down the middle of the courtyard "Make this line shorter without erasing(清除) any part of it,” the king challenged.‎ ‎ People came from far and wide. They looked at the line and squinted at it. They even put their noses to the ground and scratched their heads.‎ ‎ How can you make a line shorter without erasing any part of it?” the people in the crowd asked each other. Some of them tried. The dressmaker kicked dirt(泥土)over the line to hide it. The farmer poured water over the line to make it disappear. None of these efforts worked, and the people went home disappointed. Everyone was ‎ puzzled about how to solve this new riddle.‎ A week passed, and nobody had any new ideas. Then one day the baker came into the courtyard with a bag of flour(面粉).‎ Your Majesty, "the baker said to the king, I can make your line shorter without erasing any part of it. "Then the baker opened his bag of flour. He poured out a line of flour right next to the king’s line. The line the baker made was longer than the king’s line.‎ Now, good king, "the baker smiled, "your line is shorter.‎ ‎ The people were amazed. The king laughed and clapped his hands. "You have won the prize. I will give you a horse of your choice.‎ The baker was excited. Now he could sell his breads from one end of the kingdom to the other.‎ ‎1.What was the baker's problem at the beginning of the story?‎ A. He couldn't make fine breads B. He needed money to open more stores C. He didn’t have enough flour to make more breads D. He had difficulty selling breads all over the kingdom ‎2.The dressmaker and the farmer failed because they both__________.‎ A. tried to erase the line B. poured water over the line C. kicked dirt over the line D. put their noses to the ground ‎3.The baker smiled because _______.‎ A. he was glad to see he king B. he wanted to make the king happy C. he felt sure that he solved the riddle D. he sold a lot of breads to the villagers ‎4.This story shows that the king liked _______.‎ A. to be rich B. to train horses C. to eat breads D. to have fun ‎5.Who tells this story?‎ A. The king B. The farmer and the dressmaker C. The baker D. Someone who is not a character in the story ‎（十）江苏省南京市 ‎ ‎ There are over 20,000 animals at Chester Zoo. All are flying, jumping and playing happily in 125 acres of wonderful gardens.‎ ‎1.If you want to know more about animals when you visit the zoo, you can_________.‎ A. have a night time Journey ‎ B. become a member of the zoo C. stay in one of Chester and Cheshire's hotels ‎ D. join one of the daily animal talks in the zoo ‎2.Which can help you if you want to spend a night in a hotel in Chester?‎ A. Lantern Magic. ‎ B. Stay Over C. Talking Animals ‎ D. Membership and Adoptions ‎3 .You can buy your membership at __________‎ A. www.chesterzoo.org ‎ B. www.chesterzoo.org/hotels C. www.chcsterzoo.org/talks ‎ D. www.chesterzoo.org/christmas ‎ （十一）江苏省南京市 ‎ ‎ Beijing Opera is the most representative of all Chinese traditional dramatic art forms and the largest Chinese opera form. Having a history of about 200 years, it is developed from absorbing(吸收)many other dramatic forms, mostly from the local drama 'Huiban', which was popular in South China during the 18th century. It is a scenic（戏剧的）art integrating music, performance, literature, aria, and face painting.‎ ‎ Theatrical art forms in many other countries do not present singing, dancing and spoken parts in one single drama. An opera singer, for example, neither dances nor speaks on stage; there are no singing or dancing parts in a modern play; in a dance drama, the dancer has no speaking role and does not sing either. Traditional Chinese drama, including Beijing Opera, is a kind of entertainment which includes spoken parts, singing, dancing and acrobatics.‎ In addition to its presence in China, Beijing Opera has spread to many other places. Mer Lanfang, one of the most famous performers(表演者)of all time, was the first to introduce Beijing Opera to foreigners and made highly successful tours to foreign countries.‎ ‎ “You will be puzzled(困惑)all the way through and a little bored from time to time; but you will be charmed and interested. You will be strongly attracted to Beijing Opera even if you know nothing of the dramatic background. "This is how one American traveller described his firs experience in watching Beijing Opera.‎ ‎ Beijing Opera is China’s national opera and it is full of Chinese cultural traditions. Welcome to China and enjoy Beijing Opera!‎ ‎1.What makes Beijing Opera different from theatrical art forms in many other countries?‎ A. It has one opera singer on stage.‎ B. It has one dancer who has no speaking role.‎ C. It has already spread to many other countries.‎ D. It includes spoken parts, singing dancing and acrobatics.‎ ‎2.People think Mei Lanfang played an important role in the spread of Beijing Opera because_______.‎ A. he made many tours o a foreign country B. he was a famous Beijing Opera performer C. he was the first to introduce Beijing Opera to foreigners D. he made Beijing Opera different from other theatrical art forms.‎ ‎3.From Paragraph 4 we know that the American traveler ________.‎ A. felt bored all the way B. thought highly of Beijing Opera C. found Beijing Opera interesting at first D. knew the background of Beijing Opera ‎4.What does the underlined word “it” mean in the passage?‎ A. Beijing Opera B. Local drama C. An opera singer D. A modern play ‎ （十二）江苏省南京市 ‎ ‎ There are almost as many ways to write as there are kinds of texts. Some writers cannot produce a word unless they are poised behind a desk, while others prefer to write sitting outdoors or in noisy restaurants. Some writers create an entire work before going back to read what they have written, while others may rewrite a single paragraph many times before moving on. Individual writers' techniques may be different, but successful writers do have one thing in common: the writing process(步骤). The writing process is made up of four stages, and each stage involves certain activities. The chart below summarizes what happens during each stage of the writing process.‎ ‎ What You Do During the Writing Process Prewriting ‎●Choose your topic ‎●Identify your purpose and audience, and select a writing form appropriate to hat purpose and audience ‎●Generate ideas and gather information about the topic ‎●Begin to organize the in formation ‎●Decide the main point you want to express Writing a Draft(草稿)‎ ‎●Catch your readers' attention in the introduction ‎●Provide background information.‎ ‎●State your main Points. your support, and your elaboration of them ‎●Follow a plan of organization.‎ ‎●Wrap up with a conclusion.‎ Revising(修改)‎ ‎●Evaluate your draft ‎●Revise the draft to improve its content, organization, and style.‎ Publishing ‎●Proofread, or edit your final draft.‎ ‎●Publishing O Publish, or share your finished writing with readers.‎ ‎●Reflect on your writing experience ‎1.What do successful writers have in common?‎ A. They have the writing process ‎ B. They like to read what they have written C. They write outdoors or in noisy restaurants ‎ D. They rewrite a single paragraph many times ‎2.When you write a draft, you should ________.‎ A. choose your writing topic B. get your readers' attention in the introduction C. publish or share your finished writing with readers D. revise the draft to improve its content, organization and style ‎3.What is the best title of the passage?‎ A. Writing Points ‎ B. Writing Ways C. Writing as a Process ‎ D. Writing with Materials ‎ （十三）湖南省邵阳市 ‎ 阅读短文，从A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案回答问题或完成句子。‎ Clothes are traditionally made of natural materials, such as cotton, leather and wool. They are all from plants or animals, but that doesn’t mean they’re friendly to the earth. For example, farmers have to use a lot of chemicals to grow cotton plants.‎ Scientists are now looking for new ways to make clothing materials. They hope the new materials are both comfortable and good for the earth. Scientists have worked out how to make materials out of corn husks(棉籽),‎ ‎ chicken feathers and rice straws.‎ ‎“They used to be useless things. We always have a problem of how to deal with them,” Yang, a scientist says, “Now, we can turn them into beautiful materials. Chicken feathers are better than other things. They have small air pockets like honeycombs. That means it will be very warm if you use them to make a jacket or sweater, and I think more and more people will like to buy these kinds of clothes.”‎ ‎1.Clothes are traditionally made of______‎ A. natural materials. B. chicken feather. C. rice straws.‎ ‎2.What are the new clothing materials?‎ A. corn husks and rice straws. B. cotton and wool. C. leather and wool.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word “honeycombs” in paragraph 3 mean in Chinese?‎ A. 鸟巢 B. 蜂窝 C. 渔网 ‎4.Why are chicken feathers better than other materials?‎ A. They are from plants.‎ B. They are traditional clothing materials.‎ C. They have small air pockets like honeycombs.‎ ‎5.What’s the best title of this passage?‎ A. New clothing materials. B. New clothes C. Natural materials.‎ ‎ （十四）北京市 We often reach a point in our life when we should be ready for change that will help us unlock our self-improvement power. However, there’s always something staring at us right under our nose but we don’t see it. The only time we think of unlocking our self-improvement power is when everything gets worst.‎ When do we realize that we need to change diets? When none of our shirts and jeans would fit us. When do we stop eating candies and chocolates? When all of our teeth have fallen off. When do we realize that we need to stop smoking? When our lungs have gone bad. We see the warning signs and signals when things get rough and difficult.‎ The only time most of us ever learn about unlocking our self-improvement power is when the whole world is falling apart. We think and feel this way because it is not easy to change, but change becomes more painful when we ignore(忽视) it，‎ Change will happen, like it or hate it. At one point or another. we are all going to finally unlock our self-improvement power not because the world says so. But because we realize it's for our own good.‎ Happy people don’t just accept change; they embrace (拥抱)it. Unlocking our self-improvement power means unlocking ourselves out of the box of thought that is just the way we are. It is such a poor excuse for people who fear change.‎ Jane always tells everyone that she doesn't have the courage to be around groups of people. She heard her family tell the same things about her to other people. Over the years, that is what Jane has believed. Every time a great crowd come, she steps back and locks herself up in a room. Jane not only believes in her story, but lives it!‎ Self-improvement may not be everybody’s favorite word, but if we look at things in a different way, we might have greater chances of enjoying the whole process instead of counting the days until we are fully improved. Three sessions in a week at the gym would result in a healthier life. Reading books every day would build up knowledge. And only when we are enjoying the whole process of unlocking our self-improvement power will we realize that we’re beginning to take things light and become happy.‎ ‎1.The writer mentions the three questions in Paragraph 2 to show that .‎ A. we learn our lessons when we experience pain.‎ B. we are responsible for the problems we meet.‎ C. life fails us when we get into the wrong way.‎ D. life is a long journey full of ups and downs.‎ ‎2.What is the key to solving Jane’s problem?‎ A. She needs to remember why she started.‎ B. She has to know how to get on with people.‎ C. She has to realize she is not what she is in her story.‎ D. She needs to understand the importance of confidence.‎ ‎3.The writer probably agrees that .‎ A. the world tells us how to improve ourselves.‎ B. people change when they find it easy to do that.‎ C. welcoming change in life is a drive to become better.‎ D. enjoying the process of self-improvement makes life simpler.‎ ‎4 .Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Is it important to take things light?‎ B. Is it necessary to embrace challenges?‎ C. To hold on to the last moment or to give up?‎ D. To free ourselves out of the box or to stay in it?‎ ‎（十五）北京市 A Beautiful Moment When I was in high school.I worked part-time helping Dad sell fruits and vegetables at a matket. One day，as I was preparing the fruits. A little boy came by with his mom and sister. He was about eight years old，and the girl.five or six. They were looking the fruits in front of me. I heard the kids say to their mom(in French),"They're good!" I knew it was French. Because I can speak and understand it.‎ Then I noticed how mom was picking the fruits.At first I thought she was really looking at the fruits because she was facing them. But then I noticed how much she had to feel and smell each one as she picked them out. And often asked her son if it looked okay, but looked way above where his face was. Putting what I saw together,I was sure she was blind.‎ Both of the kids continued to help their mom pick out the fruits .The son made sure the fruits were not obviously bad, and the daughter handed them to her mom. The woman then felt each one and smiled, and the daughter would put them into their basket .The kids were smiling while helping their mom pick the fruits out.‎ Their smile and gentle manner moved me in a way that never happened before .It was so beautiful to see such young kids so willingly help. Most kids that age would be picking out candies or toys in a store for themselves, instead of helping their mom pick out fruits as the two kids did.‎ It was great to witness the moment, but not so great because I didn’t tell the mom how beautiful her children were in their language .this is what I regret to this day.‎ ‎1.The women and her kids came to the market to buy .‎ A. fruits B. vegetables C. candies D. toys ‎2.According to what he saw, the writer was sure the mother couldn’t .‎ A. speak B. see C. smell D. hear ‎3.The writer was moved because .‎ A. the mother was brave to face her problems.‎ B. the kids were polite and kind to each other C. the mother was careful in picking out things D. the kids were so willing to help their mother ‎（十六）北京市 Some primary schoolchildren have been raised in homes with more green space around. They are likely to come with larger volumes of white and grey matter in certain areas of the brain. These differences are associated(关联) with beneficial effects on cognitive function (认知功能) . This is the main conclusion of a study led by the Barcelona Institute for Global Health.‎ The study was performed among 253 schoolchildren in Spain .Lifelong exposure(接触) to green space in the living places was recorded—using the information on the children’s addresses from birth up through to the time of the study. Brain structure was studied using 3D magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Working memory and inattentiveness(注意力不集中)were graded with computers.‎ ‎“This is the first study that shows the association between long-term exposure to green space and brain structure.” Says Dr. Payam Dadvand, the leading researcher of the study, “Our findings suggest that exposure to green space early in life could result in beneficial structural changes in the brain.”‎ The findings show that long-term exposure to greenness is positively associated with white and grey matter volumes in several parts of the brain. Some of them are related to higher scores on cognitive tests. Moreover, larger volumes of white and grey matter in those parts might lead to better working memory and less inattentiveness.‎ Exposure to nature has been thought to be necessary for brain development in children. Another study of 2,593 children shows that children in school with more green space have a greater increase in working memory and a greater decrease in inattentiveness.‎ Humans are believed to be tied to nature. Playing in greener areas offers children opportunities to search and learn. Accordingly, green space is thought to prompt important exercises in discovery, creativity and risk taking. These exercises in turn positively influence brain development.‎ Dr. Dadvand’s study suggests how such structural changes could bring about the beneficial effects of green spaces on cognitive development, it also adds to the proof that suggests the lasting effects of early life exposure to greenness on our health and the benefits of increasing greenness in cities.‎ Further studies are needed to prove the findings in other populations, settings and climates. And researchers need to examine differences according to the nature and quality of green space.‎ ‎1.The second paragraph is mainly about .‎ A. how the study was performed B. what was recorded in the study C. how long the study lasted D. who took part in the study ‎2.The word “prompt” in paragraph 6 probably means “ “.‎ A. control B. encourage C. balance D. change ‎3.What can we learn from the passage?‎ A. Working memory influences white and grey matter in the brain.‎ B. Dr. Dadvand stressed the importance of changing the environment.‎ C. Studies proved the influence of greenness on populations outs of Spain.‎ D. Living in greener neighborhoods benefits children in brain development.‎ ‎（十七）北京市 Roger:Hi,there！It was my 15th birthday last Saturday.Some of my friends and Alan.my cousin，came to celebrate it. Everyone brought me a gift,we played games，sang songs and had a big birthday cake. It was really a wonderful day! Did you do anything special last week?‎ Jessica:Yes,My class were on a school field trip last week.First,We went to the University of North Carolina to learn about the history of its basketball team. Many basketball stars were students there. Then we visited a museum. We learned about how the plane was invented and took many pictures there.‎ Sara:Well, I was lucky enough to go to a conference（会议） on charity(慈善) last Wednesday. I was excited to meet a lot of kind people there. One of them was a boy named Richard. He spoke at the conference about the charity work that he had done in the past few years.‎ Martin:It was a different week than usual,Last Thursday, my school band（乐队） went to Atlanta to perform in a competition.I played the violin and we won a prize! On Friday we went to the Georgia Aquarium and got to see different kinds of sea life from over the world. It was really cool!‎ ‎1.When did Roger have his birthday party?‎ A. Last Wednesday B. last thursday C. Last Friday D. Last Saturday.‎ ‎2.Who went on a school field trip last week?‎ A. Alan. B. Jessica C. Sara D. Richard.‎ ‎3.Martin went to Atlanta ‎ A. speak at a conference B. organize a party C. perform in a competition D. visit a university ‎（十八）湖北省随州市 My grandma had a wonderful day yesterday at my mom’s house for Thanksgiving. She didn’t remember our names or the last time we were all together. She asked us a million questions, most repeating from just moments ago. What my grandma did know at that point was love. The whole family were focused on her laugh and her smile.‎ Grandma raised all of us. She let us ride mattresses (床垫) down the stairs, ski on the little hill in her backyard. and watch movies at late night. She taught all 9 grandkids how to swim in the pool. She taught us how to be creative, make Christmas cookies, and help those less fortunate (幸运的 ) than us. It’s hard to believe that she doesn’t remember our names or other children’s. But for her sake it’s all OK. I tell her that it’s just all right and that’s how it’s supposed to be. As long as she’s happy, the memory doesn’t need to be here.‎ There’s one name she does remember, though. She called him by his name: Charlie. Her Charlie. We miss what my grandma used to be and we miss her Charlie. But yesterday was a wonderful day for us. We had her laugh and through that laugh and the way she said his name, we had grandpa there too.‎ ‎1.What does the underlined word "raised" mean in Chinese?‎ A. 筹集 B. 抚养 C. 支持 D. 捐助 ‎2.Grandma taught the kids the following things EXCEPT ______.‎ A. how to swim in the pool B. how to be creative and make Christmas cookies C. how to help those less fortunate than them D. how ot get on well with other children ‎3.What’s the writer’s attitude(态度) towards his grandma?‎ A. He didn’t care about his grandma.‎ B. He was worried about his grandma.‎ C. He was thankful to his grandma.‎ D. He was angry with his grandma.‎ ‎（十九）湖北省随州市 As young students. you have many dreams. These dreams can be very big, such as winning the Nobel Prize; they can also be small, such as becoming one of the best students in your class.‎ Once you find a dream, what do you do with it? Do you ever try to make your dream come true?‎ Andrew Matews, an Australian writer, tells us that making your dreams come true is life’s biggest challenge. You may think you’re not very good at some school subjects, or that it’s impossible for you to become a writer, Those kinds of ideas stop you from realizing your dream.‎ In fact, everyone can realize his dream. The first thing you must do is to remember what your dream is. Don’t let it leave your heart. Keep telling yourself what you want every day and then your dream will come true faster. You should know that a big dream is,in fact, made up of many small dreams.‎ You must also never give up your dream, There will be difficulties on the road to your dreams. But the biggest difficulty comes from you. You need to decide what is the most important. Studying instead of watching TV will help you to get better exam results, while saving five yuan instead of buying an ice cream means you can buy a new book.‎ As you get closer to your dream, it may change a little. This is good as you have the chance to learn something more useful and find new hobbies.‎ ‎1.The biggest difficulty on the road to your dreams comes from .‎ A. yourself B. your friends C. your school D. your parents ‎2.Which ofthe following is NOT mentioned in this passage?‎ A. You may think you’re not good at some school subjects.‎ B. Making your dreams come true is life’s biggest challenge.‎ C. Listening to English more can help you realize your dream.‎ D. You must never give up your dream.‎ ‎3.How can you make your dream come true faster?‎ A. Remember what your dream is.‎ B. Don’t let your dream leave your heart.‎ C. Keep telling yourself what you want every day.‎ D. A, B and C.‎ ‎（二十）湖北省随州市 We’re sitting too much and it’s dangerous. Most Americans spend more than seven hours sitting every day, and the more you sit, the weaker your body will be. Fortunately, there are simple changes you can make during the day——anywhere, even at the workplace—to improve your health. ‎ Park a few blocks away from the office each morning and walk to work. ‎ This allows you to start off your mornings actively and be ready to take on the work. If you take the bus, get off one stop earlier to take some light exercise before 8 a.m. ‎ Get up and move around the office once every 60~90 minutes. ‎ When you’re busy with work, it’s easy to forget the time. Set the alarm to remind(提醒) you to get up and take a walk around the office. You can use this time to fill up your water bottle or go to the bathroom. ‎ Ask questions and discuss questions face to face. ‎ Go to your co-worker’s office to discuss questions face to face, rather than send an e-mail every time you have a question. This gives you a good excuse to move. ‎ Use your lunch break to move around outside. ‎ So many Americans today work during their lunch break. When possible, take advantage of(利用) this time to walk outside and enjoy the nice weather. Fresh air can make you keep a clear mind.‎ ‎1.Every morning, we can park a few blocks away from the office to _________.‎ A. take some light exercise B. find a good place to park C. save some money D. take a walk in the park ‎2.What can we do when we get up to walk around the office?‎ A. To play games with our co-workers. B. To fill up the water bottle.‎ C. To enjoy the nice weather. D. To walk to work.‎ ‎3.Which sentence is right according to the passage?‎ A. We should discuss questions face to face during the lunch break.‎ B. We should send an e-mail every time we have a question.‎ C. Few Americans spend more than seven hours sitting every day.‎ D. We should move our bodies every 60~90 minutes during the worke.‎ ‎4.The passage mainly tell us _________ during the workday.‎ A. ways to be more active B. it’s dangerous to sit too much C. the importance of taking exercise D. ways to get along with co-workers ‎（二十一）四川省眉山市 A computer program that could help catch and ever translates from aliens in outer space has been started by a British scientist.‎ If aliens are discovered one day, scientists fear their language may make it possible to understand them. But John Elliott of needs Metropolitan University in Britain has come up with a program that can figure out the structure(结构)of their language. He thinks that’s the first step in understanding what they are saying.‎ Dr.Elliott’s program would compare an alien language to a database(数据库)of 60 different languages in the world to look for a similar structure. He believes that even an alien language will have its own structure.Language has to be structured in a certain way, or it will be harder to use,he told New Scientist magazine.‎ Research had shown that it is possible to know if a signal(信号)carries a language rather than a picture or music. Dr.Elliott has gone a step further by finding a way to pick out what might be words and sentences. Because languages have different word orders, Dr.Elliott has set up a library of the sentence structures of 60 human languages.‎ If a message is received from outer space, it could be compared against this database. Scientist would then ‎ be able to see if ti’s similar to any human language, or a mix of the language.‎ However, Dr.Elliott also said that in order to translate what the aliens are actually saying, it may still be necessary to have a code book.‎ ‎1.Why did Dr.Elliott come up with the program?‎ A. To learn more about outer space. B. To develop a new language.‎ C. To help translate the messages for aliens. D. To compare an alien language to human languages.‎ ‎2.According to Dr.Elliott, what’s the first step of understanding an alien language?‎ A. Coming up with a program. B. Knowing a structure.‎ C. Understanding aliens. D. Discovering aliens.‎ ‎3.What does paragraph 4 mainly tell us?‎ A. Some necessary conditions for making the program work.‎ B. Dr.Elliott’s findings about different kinds of languages.‎ C. Three important functions of the program.‎ D. The number of sentence structures of human languages.‎ ‎4.How does the program work when it receives a message from aliens?‎ A. Mix the message with 60 human languages.‎ B. Translate the message and send it to the database.‎ C. Pick out the sentence structure and translate it.‎ D. Compare the message to the database of 60 human languages.‎ ‎5.What can we infer from the story?‎ A. Not all languages have their own structure.‎ B. The structure of alien languages is similar to that of human languages.‎ C. To translate alien languages, there is much work to do..‎ D. Alien languages are signals carrying pictures and music.‎ ‎（二十二）四川省眉山市 SKYINE HOTEL, NEW YORK PARK(Five stars)‎ ‎790, 8th Ave, New York, 10018, the United States of America ‎800-874-8547 Our lowest price:$285‎ Key facts Travelling with others Other information Hotel size This hotel has 861rooms This hotel has over 21 floors Arriving/leaving Check-in time starts at 4 pm Check-out time is at noon Required at check-in Credit card deposit(信用卡押金)‎ Government-issued ID card Minimum(最小的)check-in age is 20‎ Children Children(≦10 years old)stay free when taking the parent’s room or the guardian’s(监护人) room using existing bedding.‎ Pets Pets are not allowed Internet Wi-Fi in public areas Valet(代客)parking ‎ Smoke-free hotel ‎(no smoking)‎ ‎1.The lowest price at the hotel is ________.‎ A. $285 B. $790 C. $861 D. $874‎ ‎2.If you want to stay in the hotel, you must check in________.‎ A. at 12:00 am B. without pets C. with cash D. without cars ‎3.Which is TRUE according to the table?‎ A. 12-year-old boy can stay for free when taking the guardian’s room.‎ B. If you are 21years old, you are not allowed to check in.‎ C. If you stay in the hotel, you can use the Wi-Fi for free.‎ D. You need a government-issue ID card to check-in.‎ ‎4.When we see the signal Smoke-free hotel?‎ A. it means we can smoke freely in the hotel.‎ B. it means smoking isn’t allowed here.‎ C. we should smoke in a special room.‎ D. it means smoking is harmful to our health.‎ ‎5.Where might we find the table?‎ A. In a story book. B. In a fiction book.‎ C. In a travel guide book. D. In a science magazine.‎ ‎（二十三）四川省眉山市 Have you ever seen rows of different cars parked on a big playground, with their boots(汽车后备箱) open? The boots are packed with things like books, pictures, kid’s toys. This is a car boot sale. It is popular in the UK.‎ If you have lots of things and have nowhere to put them, and don’t want to throw them away, why not try a car boot sale? Go to a car boot sale and you may be excited about what you find.‎ You can find almost anything at a car boot sale, from beds, tables to necklaces and ring….‎ Most of the things are second-hand, so they are usually low-priced. I like to hunt for books. I was petty proud when I bought four books from the Harry Potter. Series and they cost me just over ¥2.‎ Here is a little tip that not everybody knows; When it’s nearly the end of the sale(they usually finish in the early afternoon), many sellers cut the prices because they want to throw away things. Quite often you’ll find “all for 10p”, “Buy one and get one free” and “Take it away!”It’s clear that they just want to throw those things away.‎ However, there may not be much good stuff(物品)left in the end—the things people really want are sole quickly. So, as they say, the early bird catches the worm!‎ ‎1.Why are most things at such a low price at a car boot sale?‎ A. Because they are terrible. B. Because they are useless.‎ C. Because they are small things. D. Because they are second-hand.‎ ‎2.Which of the following things you may NOT find at a car boot sale?‎ A. Food and drinks B. books and pictures C. Beds and tables D. Necklaces and rings ‎3 .How did the writer feel when he got four books from the Harry Potter series?‎ A. Terrible B. Excited C. Proud D. Nervous ‎4.Many sellers usually cut the prices__________.‎ A. at the beginning of the sale B. nearly at the end of the sale C. in the early morning D. when there is bad weather ‎5.What is the reading mainly about?‎ A. A car boot sale in the UK. B. A car show in the UK.‎ C. What a car boot sale. D. A good way to save money ‎（二十四）河南省 Summer English at St Clare’ s. Oxford We offer holiday courses for teenagers in Oxford. You can improve ‎ your English, enjoy great trips and activities and make new friends of ‎ your own age. ‎ Telephone: 01865 552031‎ website: www.stclares.ac.uk Ages: Young children (9-12)，Teenagers(13-17)‎ Creative Arts Summer School Designed for young students with a great interest in painting, providing them with an exciting experience to explore creative pathways and develop skills for the future.‎ Telephone: 01202 363831‎ Website: aub.ac.uk Ages: Teenagers（14-15）‎ XUK Activity Summer Camp Beautiful setting! Fantastic activities! Friendly and experienced staff!‎ Activities include adventure, sports, drama, and more!‎ Telephone: 020 8371 9686‎ Website: xukcamps.com Ages: Teenagers(13-17)‎ YMTs Musical Theatre Summer Camps 2018‎ YMT’s summer camps are open to anyone aged 6-17 looking to develop their acting, singing and dancing abilities. Join the UK’s leading music theatre company!‎ Telephone: 020 8563 7725 Website: www.youthmusicllieatreuk.org ‎ Ages: Young children (6-12)，Teenagers (13-17)‎ Notes:explore 探索；staff 员工；drama 戏剧 根据材料内容选择最佳答案。‎ ‎1.If you are interested in painting, you may call for more information.‎ A. 020 8371 9686 B. 01202 363831‎ C. 020 8563 7725 D. 01865 552031‎ ‎2.If you visit , you may get some information about drama.‎ A. aub.ac.uk B. www.stclares.ac.uk C. xukcamps.com D. www.youthmusictheatreuk.org ‎3.Eight-year-old Mike can go to in the summer.‎ A. XUK Activity Summer Camp B. Creative Arts Summer School C. Summer English at St Clare’s, Oxford D. YMT’s Musical Theatre Summer Camps 2018‎ ‎4.What a special about Summer English at St Clare, Oxford?‎ A. It is open to all ages. B. It requires creative ideas.‎ C. It has experienced staff D. It offers language courses.‎ ‎5.Where is the text most probably from?‎ A. A science report. B. A school introduction.‎ C. A shopping poster. D. A website for teenagers.‎ ‎（二十五）河南省 The spring season brings warm weather, flowers and other changes for people to enjoy.For some restaurant cooks, the most exciting spring arrival is ramps.‎ Ramps are a wild plant in the eastern mountains of North America. They are one of the first plants that grow in the spring, usually between April and May. They are recognized(认出) by their red stem(茎), and two long and wide green leaves. They are also famous for their strong taste, similar to onions(洋葱).‎ Ramps are not as well-known as other vegetables, but they have a long history in the United States. In the Appalachian Mountains, ramps have been an important food for a longtime. During spring, it is common for small towns in the Appalachian area to hold large ramp dinners for the community.‎ However, over the last 30 years, ramps popularity has grown quickly. They are now a highly-desired vegetable for many nice restaurants in cities like New York and Washington D.C.‎ One reason the plant is popular is that it grows in the wild. It is difficult to grow them on farms. Most restaurants get them from foragers, who collect ramps by searching forests for some small pieces of land where they grow. Ramps have a short season. Within a few weeks of full growth, the plant is done for the year. This shot life is some reason for their popularity.‎ And that popularity could lead to their disappearance from Earth. In 1995, the local Government in Quebee, Canada, stopped people selling the plant to businesses in order to protect the plant against being over-dug.‎ The season is short, but it has not ended yet. If you are in the right place, you still have time to try a taste of ramps yourself.‎ 根据材料内容选择最佳答案。‎ ‎1.Why are ramps so popular in North America?‎ A. Because they grow in spring.‎ B. Because they have a good taste.‎ C. Because they are hard to get.‎ D. Because they have a long history.‎ ‎2.Which of the following is the picture of a ramp?‎ A. B. C. D. ‎ ‎3.What does the word “they ” refer to (指的是)？‎ A. foragers B. ramps C. customers D. restaurants ‎4.Why were people stopped from selling ramps to businesses?‎ A. Because ramps were in great danger.‎ B. Because ramps’ smell polluted the air.‎ C. Because it cost too much to grow ramps.‎ D. Because the government wanted to make money.‎ ‎5.What’s the best title for the text?‎ A. Americans go crazy for ramps in spring.‎ B. Americans have discovered a new vegetable.‎ C. Ramps were once popular in North America.‎ D. Ramps will soon be enjoyed all over the world.‎ ‎（二十六）河南省 In Cos Angel, a waiter served a group of teens. The waiter remembered his experience as a young high school student. So he made sure the teens had a pleasant experience at the restaurant. The waiter made sure of it.‎ After serving all the teens doing a great job, he was left a tip（小费）,only$3.28. That was hardly enough to buy a drink at Roebucks.‎ The waiter went home. And he felt hatred for the students who did not know the value of hard work. They looked down on people like him. Or so he thought.‎ After several days, the waiter forgot about it. His life went on as usual. But ten days later, he received a letter from the teens.‎ ‎“About a week and a half ago, on October 7, my three friends and I came to eat at this restaurant as our own homecoming celebration. It was an exciting experience for us to be here alone, and it was all new to us. And you were the best waiter we could ask for. You were kind, helpful, and didn’t treat us like babies! So I want to say thank you for making our ‘grown-up’ experience so amazing and fun.‎ ‎“I would also like to say sorry on behalf of(代表) my group. Since we were new to all of this, reasonable(合乎情理)，but we had completely forgotten(and didn’t know,to be honest) what a tip even was, let alone how much to give. So we emptied our pockets, and all our money added up to $3.28.‎ ‎“Having no idea of how small this really was ,we left. Later, we realized our mistake and felt terrible. We knew we had to make it right.‎ ‎“So together with this letter, you wiil find the correct 18% tip + extra for simply being amazing. Thank you for your help and patience and also thank you for making our night fun. Thank you!”‎ ‎1.How did the waiter receive the group of teens?‎ A. He tried to make then pay more.‎ B. He served them like other waiters.‎ C. He treated them as young children.‎ D. He did his best to make them happy.‎ ‎2.Why did the group of teens leave that small tip?‎ A. Because they looked down on the waiter.‎ B. Because they didn't know what a tip meant.‎ C. Because they weren't pleased with the service.‎ D. Because they thought the tip should be that much.‎ ‎3.What made the teens write the letter?‎ A. The tip they left for the waiter.‎ B. The bill the restaurant received.‎ C. The way the waiter served them.‎ D. The fun they had at the restaurant.‎ ‎4.What do restaurant waiters mind most in America?‎ A. What kind of guests they receive.‎ B. .What dishes people usually order.‎ C. Whether they are given reasonable tips.‎ D. How much customers pay for their meals.‎ ‎5.What did the group of teens try to say in the letter?‎ A. They were quite thankful for the waiter's service.‎ B. They had realized their mistake and made it right.‎ C. They had a wonderful experience at the restaurant.‎ D. They wanted more customers to go to the restaurant.‎ ‎（二十七）四川省达州市 Fu Gui, 33, was re-connected with his birth parents after using ‘Baby Come Home’, a Chinese website that helps people find their missing children. Thanks to an online facial recognition system.‎ This is the first time in China a missing child and their parents have been re-connected with the help of facial recognition technology. The cutting-edge artificial intelligence(AI) technology(人工智能技术)was developed ‎ by Baidu, and has been used by ‘Baby Come Home.’ The system was launched on ‘Baby Come Home’ in March and contains thousands of pictures of missing children across the country.‎ Fu Guis family members had never stopped looking for him in the past 27 years. As his father recalled, Fu Gui was born in Chongqing in 1984 and went missing in 1990. To find his son, the man uploaded Fu Gui’s information to ‘Baby Come Home’ with a picture of Fu Gui when he was four. In 2009, Fu Gui also started looking for his family, registered (注册) on the same website and uploaded a childhood picture of himself at the age of ten.‎ With the help of Baidu's AI technology, ‘Baby Come Home’ was able to quickly analyse the 60,000 pictures in its database(数据库). The system would first compare the faces in the target and source images, then choose 30 profiles (侧面像) that best fit the descriptions. In Fu Gui’s case, his childhood picture was chosen by the system to be one of the 30 that looked most like Fu Gui.‎ A DNA test was carried out to compare Fu Gui’s biological information with his parents. The test confirmed that the two parties were a match. The re-connection of the Fu Gui and his parents marked the first case in China for a missing child and their family to be matched with the help of facial recognition technology. We think more and more missing children will find the family to their birth parents.‎ ‎1.How old was Fu Gui When he went missing?‎ A. 4 years old B. 6 years old C. 10 years old D. 27 years old ‎2.According to the passage, which of the following is NOT TRUE?‎ A. Fu Gui’s parents kept looking for him when he went missing B. Fu Gui who found his birth parents from facial recognition technology is the first one in China C. Fu Gui began to look for his birth parents in 2009.‎ D. The DNA test confirmed that the two parties of Fu Gui and his father were not a match ‎3.What is the best title from the passage?‎ A. Fu Gui found his birth parents B. The use of facial recognition technology C. The use of Baidu’s AI technology D. ‘Baby Come Home’‎ ‎（二十八）四川省达州市 I did not have a rich father. I tried 3 times for university, but all failed. I applied(申请)for Harvard for 10 times, but all failed. They didn’t even want to see me. For the last time, I went to the teachers' college which was regarded as the third class of my city. I applied jobs for 30 times A lot of people said Alibaba was a terrible model. As I said, "I believe it. I think this thing could be big. I never thought it would be so big like today. "I believe that something, something is waiting for me there, and I have to work hard to prove myself. That was the tough experience. So we gathered 50 thousand US dollars from 18 founders. Little by little, we built up our business. And now, after 16 years, we have a Alibaba group; We have a T-mall group; We have a Taobao group; We have Alipay.‎ ‎“You are so smart, how could you make a company like that? People asked. Bill Gates, Warren Buffet, the Jack Welch, Larry Page, Mark Zuckerberg, the difference between those people and other people, they are always optimistic(乐观的)for the future. They never complain. They always try to solve the problems of the others. When you are optimistic, it's always an opportunity (机会).“Jack, Where's the opportunity? I don't have a job. I don’t have this. I don’t have that.” We are at the best of time of this century. The best asset(财产)you have is that you are young. Don't complain. Let the other people complain. The opportunity lies, always lies where people complain. I saw a lot of people, especially young people have fantastic ideas every evening. But the next morning, they go to the office on time again.‎ Tomorrow is new. Make the move. Make action. Whether investors(投资者)believe this or not, whether your friends believe it or not, whether your parents believe it or not, that's not important. You believe it. Your team believe it and work day and night on this. Everything happens. Make enough mistakes. You fall, and you stand up. Any mistake is an income and a wonderful revenue(收益). Don’t worry about the money. Money follows the people. Young people should follow the dreams. If you have a dream, just to go ahead.‎ ‎1.How many successful people did the writer talk about from the article?‎ A. 4 B. 5 C. 6 D. 7‎ ‎2.The underlined word “tough” in the second paragraph mainly means _______ in English.‎ A. difficult B. easy C. different D. same ‎3.According to the article, which of the following statements is Wrong?‎ A. The writer went to the third-class teachers’ college at last B. The successful people are always optimistic for the future C. The opportunity always lies where people complain D. Don’t make any mistakes ‎4.What good advice did the writer give the young people?‎ A. Believe your parents B. Believe money C. Follow your dreams and go ahead D. Go to the office on time every day ‎（二十九）四川省达州市 In recent years, a number of Chinese technological innovations (科技创新) have been making waves around the world. Among them, four stand out. They are known as "four new great inventions of modern China. They have made our daily lives more convenient.‎ High-speed trains China created its first high-speed railway line in 2008. Since then, the number of passenger trips has grown by over 30 percent every year. By 2016, more than 5 billion trips had been taken on China's bullet trains(高铁), according to Xinhua News Agency.‎ China is currently working on the next-generation bullet trains that will have a top speed of 400‎ kilometers per hour. By 2020, one-fifth of the country's 150, 000-km railway network will be used by high-speed trains. This network will link more than 80 percent of major cities across China, said Xinhua.‎ Mobile payment Mobile payment is turning China into a "cashless society" led by the third-party payment companies like Alipay. For example, instead of paying by cash, customers now pay for goods simply by typing a short password into Alipay app on their mobile devices.‎ Users can also pay their bills through Alipay, such as their water and electricity bills. Alipay also supports cross-border(跨境的)online and in-store payment, which allows users to buy things on international websites ‎ and apps.‎ Shared bikes Shared bike services started in Western countries. But China has surprised the world with how quickly it has adopted dockless(无柱的) shared bikes.‎ Unlike traditional bike-sharing method, dockless bikes allow users to simply pick up or park a bike on the street through GPS and smartphone app.‎ To unlock a bike, you just need to scan a QR code on a shared bike with a smartphone app. After you finish riding, you can park it at available parking areas, lock it and pay for ride through mobile payment services.‎ Online shopping With around 751 million internet users, China has been the world's largest and fastest-growing line shopping market.‎ Online shopping now accounts for 15. 5 percent of total retail sales in China, according to Xinhua. Thanks to lower costs and fewer licensing requirements(执照要求), it's easier for sellers to open an online shop in China than a brick-and- mortar shop(实体店).‎ It also helped to create jobs of rural areas. In 2016, online shopping created more than 20 million jobs in rural areas, with over 8. 1 million running their own online shops, said Xinhua.‎ ‎1.What is known as "four new great inventions" of modern China?‎ A. GPS, Smartphone apps, High-speed trains and Online shopping.‎ B. Mobile payment, Shared bikes, Online shopping and High-speed railway network C. Online shopping, Short password, High-speed railway network and Mobile payment D. High-speed trains, Mobile payment, Shared bikes and Online shopping ‎2.According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. After you use shared hikes you can nark them everywhere B. When users pay their water and electricity bills, they only pay them by cash C. By 2020, China's 30, 000-km railway network will be used by high-speed trains.‎ D. It easier for sellers to open a brick-and-mortar shop than an online shop in China.‎ ‎3.The underlined phrase“ accounts for” means______ in Chinese.‎ A. 占……比例 B. 是……原因 C. 给……解释 D. 出……单据 ‎4.From this passage, the writer mostly wants to tell us that_________.‎ A. Nowadays China has become the most developed country in the world B. Nowadays China has made much great progress in both science and technology C. Nowadays China is stronger than any other country in the world D. Nowadays only China can make a great contribution (贡献)to human ‎（三十）新疆维吾尔自治区 NOTICES DANCE & MUSIC Jazz and hip-hop music Time : 6-8 p.m.‎ Every Tuesday and Saturday.‎ Place: Sally’s Dance club,‎ ‎32 Admiral Road All ages welcome ‎$ 15 ech class A GREEN CITY Help make the big city greener by planting trees Time:10-11:30 a.m.‎ every Saturday.‎ Place:Foxdale Park.‎ All ages welcome.‎ SWEETING THINGS Learn to make cakes with Anne.‎ Time:3-5 p.m. every Sunday.‎ Place:Sunnyside Kitchen, 3A Baker Street(Behind Sunny side Hall)‎ All ages welcome.‎ ‎$ 5 for ingredients(原材料)‎ ‎1.If Harry only has 4 dance classes,he should pay___ dollars.‎ A. 15 B. 30 C. 45 D. 60‎ ‎2.On Saturday morning, people in Foxdale Park can ____.‎ A. take a dance class B. plant ttrees C. clearn to make cakes D. do exercise ‎3.Where can people make cakes?‎ A. At Sally’s Dance Club B. In Foxdale Park C. At Sunnyside Kitchen D. On 32 Admiral Road ‎4.Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. All ages are welcomed to exercise at Sally’s Dance Club.‎ B. Ingredients are free for people at Sunnyside Kitchen.‎ C. People can make the city greener every Saturday in Foxdale Park.‎ D. Teengers can dance with music for about 3 hours at Sally’s Dance Club ‎5.You may see these notices ______.‎ A. in a newspaper B. in a book C. on a magzine D. on a bus ‎（三十一）新疆维吾尔自治区 A man was fishing on the bank of a river. A boy came to see him fishing. The ‎ man was really good at fishing and he could catch a full basket of fish in a short time. The man saw that the boy was very cute, and he wanted to give him a whole basket of fish. But the boy shook his head. The man was surprised and asked, "Why don't you want the fish? '‎ The boy replied," I want the fishing rod(竿)in your hands. "‎ The man asked," Why do you want the rod?"‎ ‎"I will eat up all the fish in the basket soon,but if I have the fishing rod,I can use it to catch a lot of fish by myself.”‎ Many people will certainly say the boy is very smart...wrong! If he doesn't know fishing skills. He can’t catch fish without a fishing rod.It’s useless to only have a fishing rod, fishing skills are more important than having a fishing rod. ‎ Many people want to have a "fishing rod" in their life. They are just like the boy, they thought that if they had a fishing rod, they would have fish to eat.Life is fullof exciting things,we should try to learn fishing skills instead of having a fishing rod.‎ ‎1.The man was fishing on the bank of________.‎ A. a river B. a lake C. a pool D. a sea ‎2.Why did the boy refuse the man’s fish?‎ A. Because he didn't like fish.‎ B. Because he wanted his fishing rod.‎ C. Because he wanted some big fish.‎ D. Because he wanted to have fishing skills.‎ ‎3.Many people thought the boy was_____after he explained why he didn't want the fish.‎ A. smart B. silly C. wrong D. hardworking ‎4.Life is full exciting things,we should try to _____.‎ A. fish B. eat fish C. learn fishing skils D. have a fishing rod ‎5.What is the best tide(标题)for the article?‎ A. the Fishing Rod B. the Fishing Man C. the Fishing Boy D. the Fishing skills ‎（三十二）新疆维吾尔自治区 Many Chinese students may want to study abroad after high school. But at the same time, more and more foreign students are coming to China.‎ According to a report from www. the Students.com., 397,63 International students came to China in 2015.China is now the third most popular country for international ‎ students, behind the United States and the United Kingdom.‎ In the summer of 2016, 55 students and teachers from Germany came to China and joined a joined a summer camp, they were interested in traditional Chinese culture.‎ They visited several schools in Beijing. They learned to make dumplings, play Chinese kung fu and do paper cutting. If they like Chinese hand-writing, they can learn calligraphy. By communicating with Chinese people, they could have a close relationship with their new friends, they could know more about China. ‎ In 2018, especially young people in Germany, have become more interested in learning Chinese. There are more cultural exchanges between Germany and China. German students have had chances to learn more about Chinese culture, history and its life today. Almost 400 German school have Chinese classes. Over 8,000 German students study in China.‎ ‎1.According to a report,______ is the third most popular country for international students in 2015.‎ A. Germany B. the United Kingdom C. China D. the United States ‎2.The German students learned to do the following things in China EXCEPT_______.‎ A. playing ping-pong B. making dumplings C. paying chinese kung fu D. doing paper cutting ‎3.What does the underlined word calligraphy mean in Chinese?‎ A. 豫剧 B. 书法 C. 太极 D. 油画 ‎4.How many German schools have Chinese classes in 2018?‎ A. 40 B. 55 C. Almost 400 D. Over 8000‎ ‎5.Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. 55 students and teachers from Germany came to China and joined a summer camp in 2015.‎ B. German students have become interested in learning modern Chinese culture.‎ C. There are fewer cultural exchanges between China and Germany.‎ D. More and more foreign students come to study in China now.‎ ‎（三十三）四川南充市 Trees are one of the oldest “ citizens ( 公 民) ” of our Earth. They keep our air clean, reduce noise pollution, improve water quality and provide food and building materials.‎ Just like us, trees change a lot as they grow. At 1 to 3 years old, young trees learn how to protect themselves. For example, many trees grow thorns( 刺) to warn animals not to go near. Most young trees have large, deep green leaves so that they can catch enough sunlight and change it into their food and energy.‎ When trees are 4 years old, they begin to grow very rapidly and become strong enough to face challenges later in life. At the age of 15, trees become young adults. They grow more slowly and begin to produce flowers and fruit.‎ It is not until the tree is 20 to 25 years old that it becomes a real adult. The tree reaches its largest size. The adult tree gives us shade, oxygen and natural beauty; it is also a great place for a tree house, or a place for us to read a book, listen to music and so on. If we give the adult tree proper care, it will go on to live healthily for many years.‎ Gradually, trees begin to grow older and older and even die. At this time, they still have their important place in nature. When a tree becomes hollow ( 空 心 的 ) or part of it becomes dead, it provides a home to small animals and is a source of food for many other animals.‎ In many ways, the life of a tree is similar to our own life experience. When we are looking at the life of a tree, we learn about that each period of life brings its own form of joy and challenge.‎ Enjoy every minute of the life of the trees and take care of the trees!‎ ‎1.What can it be used as when a tree becomes hollow?‎ A. A home to small animals. B. Food for all animals.‎ C. Shade and beauty for people. D. A place for a tree house.‎ ‎2.Put the following in the right order according to the passage.‎ ‎①Grow very rapidly ②Become a real adult ③Have large, deep green leaves ‎④Grow older and die ⑤Produce flowers and fruit A. ②①③④⑤ B. ③⑤①②④ C. ①③⑤②④ D. ③①⑤②④‎ ‎3.Why should we enjoy every minute of our own life according to the passage?‎ A. Because our life is becoming better and better.‎ B. Because trees give us so much and make our world beautiful.‎ C. Because the life of a tree is similar to our own life experience.‎ D. Because each period of life brings its own form of joy and challenge.‎ ‎4.The best title for the passage should be .‎ A. The life of a tree B. The kinds of trees C. The mystery of a tree D. The advantages of a tree ‎5.Which of the following shows the structure( 结构) of the passage? (1 = paragraph( 段落)1 2 = paragraph2, . . . )‎ A. B. C. D. ‎ ‎（三十四）四川南充市 Welcome to Nanchong, a beautiful city with a long history. You will have a wonderful time here. There are many places of interest. Now let’s look through some of them.‎ Langzhong Ancient City There are many old houses like Lee’s Courtyard. You can also enjoy Zhang Fei Temple, Huaguang Tower and so on.‎ Location:Langzhong City Opening time: 9:00 a. m. -4:30 p. m. on weekdays ‎8:30 a. m. -5:30 p. m. on weekends Price: ¥ 120‎ Zhu De Memorial Hall Zhu De is a great person. Here you can learn about his whole life. You can also visit his old house about 2 kilometers away from the Hall.‎ Location:Ma’an Town, Yilong Opening time:9:00 a. m. -4:30 p. m.‎ Price:Free Telephone number:0817 -8162563‎ Telephone number:0817 -6587391‎ Yuping Park Here you can know the famous historical person named Chen Shou and his book Records of the Three Kingdoms. You can also enjoy beautiful scenery here. Location:Jialing District Opening time: 9:00 a. m. -5:30 p. m.‎ Price: Adults: ¥ 10‎ Old people over 60: ¥ 5‎ Children: ¥ 7‎ ‎( Children under 6:Free)‎ Telephone number:0817 -3650928‎ Zhang Lan Old House Zhang Lan is a great educator. You can learn about his achievements in Chinese education in this memorial hall. Also, you can visit his old house.‎ Location:Lianchi Town, Xichong Opening time:9:00 a. m. -5:00 p. m. Price:Free Telephone number:0817 -4224981‎ ‎1.The proper time to visit Langzhong Ancient City is on Monday.‎ A. 7:00 a. m. B. 2:00 p. m. C. 8:30 a. m. D. 6:30 p. m.‎ ‎2.If you want to visit Zhu De Memorial Hall, you can call .‎ A. 0817 -4224981 B. 0817 -8162563‎ C. 0817 -3650928 D. 0817 -6587391‎ ‎3.If Mr. Black goes to Yuping Park with his 5 -year-old son and 65 -year-old father, how much will they pay?‎ A. ¥ 30. B. ¥ 22. C. ¥ 15. D. ¥ 10.‎ ‎4.Who is a great educator according to the passage?‎ A. Zhang Fei. B. Zhu De.‎ C. Chen Shou. D. Zhang Lan.‎ ‎5.Where may you read this passage?‎ A. In a picture book. B. In a love story.‎ C. In a travel magazine. D. In a health magazine.‎ ‎（三十五）四川南充市 One day,while I was waiting for my father, I saw a little boy, around two years old, running freely on the grass as his mother watched from a short distance. The boy had a big smile on his face as if he had just been set free from some sort of prison( 监狱) . The boy would then fall to the grass, get up, without looking back at his mother, run as fast as he could, again, still with a smile on his face, as if nothing had happened.‎ At that moment, I thought to myself, “ Why aren’t most adults this way?” Most adults, when they fall down, make a big deal out of it and don’t even make a second attempt. They would be so embarrassed that they would not try again if someone saw them fall. Or, because they fall, they would find a good excuse for themselves that they’re not fit for it. They would end up being too afraid to attempt again for fear of failure( 失败) .‎ However, with kids, when they fall down, they don’t consider their falling down as a failure,‎ instead, they treat it as a learning experience. They try again and again until they succeed. The answer must be that they have not connected “ falling down” with the word “ failure” . What’s more,‎ they probably think to themselves that it’s quite okay to fall down and that it’s not wrong to do so. In other words, they allow themselves to make mistakes, so they remain energetic.‎ I was deeply impressed by the boy’s persistence( 坚持不懈) and the manner in which he did.‎ ‎1.What did the little boy do when he fell down?‎ A. He cried and lay on the grass. B. He asked his mother for help.‎ C. He got up and went on running. D. He got up and stood there crying.‎ ‎2.In the writer’s opinion,what might the little boy regard his falling down as?‎ A. A failure. B. A joke. C. An interesting game. D. A learning experience.‎ ‎3.In the writer’s opinion,why can’t many adults succeed?‎ A. Because they are afraid of being embarrassed.‎ B. Because they can’t find a good excuse.‎ C. Because once they fail, they won’t attempt again.‎ D. Because they don’t allow themselves to make mistakes.‎ ‎4.The underlined word “ attempt” in Paragraph 2 means .‎ A. 尝试 B. 放弃 C. 面对 D. 怀疑 ‎5.What does the writer want to tell us?‎ A. Practice makes perfect. B. Failure is the mother of success.‎ C. All roads lead to Rome. D. Each coin has two sides.‎ ‎（三十六）山东省烟台市 On sale!‎ Girl’s Purple Tent It has light weight and is easy to fit together and take down.‎ There are small holes in the windows. These holes let the air in and keep the bugs out.‎ Price: ￡30(￡66)‎ For more interesting things---Tel: 768-3647.‎ Peng Lai Chun Restaurant Yuxi Road A Chinese restaurant.‎ Delicious and great value!‎ You can get a starter, a main course and a drink only for ￥18! Book early because it gets busy! ‎ Wednesday: Kids under 8 half price.‎ Tel: 623-2972‎ Bookshop assistant Dicken’s Books Summer Fashion Show ‎ Golden Shopping Plaza 2:00 P. M.‎ Lincoln Road Monday—Friday, plus one Saturday per month 8 a. m.---4 p. m. ￡8 per hour ‎ Telephone 879-6634 and speak to the shop manager.‎ John Hunter ‎ Saturday Men’s and women’s swimwear and summer wear.‎ See 26 pretty and cool models in the latest fashions.‎ All clothing on sale after the show for under $60.‎ For more information: goldenplaza@sina.com 请根据材料内容，选择最佳选项。‎ ‎1.What can we know about the tent?‎ A. It’s pink B. It’s for boys C. It’s easy to fit together and take down.‎ ‎2.Why is it of great value to eat at Peng Lai Chun Restaurant?‎ A. Because the food there is cheap and delicious B. Because it is very busy C. Because all kids can eat at half price on Wednesdays there ‎3.If Susan wants to work as an assistant at Dicken’s Books, she ________.‎ A. should call John Hunter at 768-3647‎ B. can earn at most ￡384 a week C. A and B ‎4.We can’t ______ in Golden Shopping Plaza.‎ A. buy the clothing on sale for under $60 before the show B. see women’s swimwear or summer wear C. see 26 pretty and cool models in the latest fashions ‎5.According to the information above, which of the following is NOT true?‎ A. The assistant at Dicken’s Books has to work for 8 hours a day B. The holes in the windows of the tent can let the air and bugs in C. The Summer Fashion Show starts at 2:00 in the afternoon on Saturday ‎（三十七）山东省烟台市 There lived an old man in a small town of Germany. He had three sons and they all worked in the same factory where he had worked. After the Second World War began. his sons were all made to join the army and all of them died in the battle(战争). The old man was heartbroken. He didn't have enough food and often went hungry. Nobody helped him and he didn't know how to go on living.‎ One cold winter night, the old man couldn't go to sleep. He had been hungry for two days and it was so cold that ice could be seen in his room. He had to get up and began to run in the room until he lay down on the ground. The next morning he had to beg from door to door. He had been to a lot of cities ever since.‎ Once he came to a village, but the villagers were all poor and couldn't give him anything. He was too hungry to go to another village. He thought over and over and found a way. He came to a police station and called out. "Hitler is a foolish pig!”‎ Out came a policeman at once. He took the old man into a room, gave him some bread and a cup of tea. Then he said, "Don't say that in our village, sir!”‎ ‎“I’m sorry, sir,” said the old man, “I don’ t know it's Hitler’ s hometown.”‎ ‎“No, no, sir,” the policeman said in a hurry. “It’s the pig’s hometown!”‎ 请根据短文内容，选择最佳选项。‎ ‎1.Why was the old man heartbroken?‎ A. Because he had nothing to support his three sons B. Because he was made to join the army C. Because all his three sons lost their lives in the war ‎2.Finally, the old man got things to eat by _________.‎ A. asking the villagers for help B. shouting to the police station C. begging from door to door ‎3.Actually the policeman __________.‎ A. hated Hitler as well as the old man B. didn’t want to help the old man C. thought the old man was more foolish than pigs ‎4.We can infer(推断)that the “village” underlined in the passage is _______hometown.‎ A. the old man’s B. the pigs’ C. Hitler’s ‎5.The passage above is _________.‎ A. a science fiction B. a funny story C. a fairy tale ‎（三十八）山东省烟台市 Heritage (遗产) is traditional customs, history and beliefs. We use the word “heritage” in many different ways. People talk about their family heritage, city heritage and national heritage.‎ Today, heritage is changing. The Internet connects people around the world. In many ways this is a good thing, because we can learn about the heritage of other countries, and we can show our own heritage to the world. However, some people worry that traditional heritage is disappearing. In many ways, countries are becoming more and more alike(相似的).In most countries around the world, you can find KFC. Nike shoes, Starbucks coffee. American movies and so on. Some people think this is a good change, and others don’t like it. You can decide whether or not it's a good thing.‎ However, everyone wants to protect traditional heritage, and sometimes this is hard. For example, when a new KFC opens in your city, a traditional restaurant might have to close.‎ That is why heritage protection is so important. Heritage protection is a simple thought. It means keeping your country's or your city's heritage alive. People do this in many ways. The biggest part of heritage protection is probably preserving (保护)old buildings. Some suggestions of heritage protection are making sure your kids speak your traditional language, and teaching knowledge about heritage to them.‎ The world is changing. No matter how it changes, never forget the heritage of our parents and grandparents. ‎ 请根据短文内容，选择最佳选项。‎ ‎1.Is the heritage nowadays the same as it used to be?‎ A. No. It's being changed by the Internet B. Yes. Traditional customs, history and beliefs never change.‎ C. It is not mentioned in the passage.‎ ‎2.The examples mentioned in the second paragraph____________.‎ A. show the importance of heritage B. describe people’s love for heritage C. help people understand heritage better ‎3.The underlined sentence shows that_________.‎ A. it is necessary to learn about the heritage of other countries B. the writer is worrying about the traditional heritage protection C. countries are becoming quite different in some ways ‎4.The following statements are parts of heritage protection EXCEPT___________.‎ A. trying to change traditional customs B. preserving old buildings C. keeping traditional language alive ‎5.What may be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Internet and Heritage B. Heritage Is Disappearing C. Heritage Protection ‎（三十九）吉林省 Traveling can be expensive. But there are some ways to save money when traveling. Try some of the advice below on your next vacation and your wallet will thank you.‎ Look for city tourism cards. With the card, you can pay less at restaurants and shops. You don ’ t have to wait for a long time at busy attractions. You might even get free tickets to top tourist attractions. City tourism cards can save your money and time without question.‎ Don’t get the best room. How long will you stay in your room? Will you just be sleeping there? Do you really need a bigger room with a good view（景色）？‎ Find a hotel outside a city. It can help you save some money by choosing a hotel away from big tourist attractions, for you are always doing the same 一 go to the attractions and then return to your hotel to sleep.‎ Book （预订）a room with a kitchen. Although some people might not like to cook while on vacation, I ‎ don’t mind making breakfast in my room. We always eat at a nice restaurant on our last night of the vacation. I’d rather eat breakfast and lunch at the hotel and then spend much money on a delicious supper.‎ 阅读上面的信息，选择正确答案 ‎1.With ，you can pay less at restaurants and shops.‎ A. ID cards B. tourism cards C. bank cards D. phone cards ‎2..The underlined words “tourist attractions” n Paragraph 2 mean .‎ A. 旅游方式 B. 旅游设施 C. 旅游手册 D. 旅游景点 ‎3.To save some money, the writer advises tourists to .‎ A. get the best room B. live near big tourist attractions C. live away from big tourist attractions D. take a map with them when traveling ‎4.The writer prefers to make breakfast and lunch in the hotel because .‎ A. they are healthier and more delicious B. he likes cookers in the hotel C. there are not any restaurants in the neighborhood D. he ’ d rather, spend much money on a delicious supper ‎5.What does the passage mainly talk about?‎ A. How to save money when traveling. B. w to get a tourism card.‎ C. How to find a hotel outside a city. D. w to book a room on the Internet.‎ ‎（四十）黑龙江省龙东地区 Choose the best choice from A, B or C according to what you read.‎ Readers The show invites different people to read aloud on the stage. It also tells the moving stories behind those people.‎ Channel: CCTV 1‎ Producer& Hostess: Dong Qing ‎ Time: 8: 00 p. m. -9: 00 p. m. on Friday Sunday ‎ The Chinese Character Dictation Competition Many people can't even remember the 10,000 characters they used in daily life without electronic help. The show can improve people's skills of writing Chinese characters.‎ Channel: CCTV 3‎ Director& Designer: Guan Zhengwen Time: 9: 00 a.m.--10: 30 a.m. on Saturday Wednesday ‎ Running Man It's a game show. Many popular stars go to some places to complete different missions(任务). In the game, they can learn the importance of team spirit. Nothing can be done alone.‎ Channel: Zhejiang TV Time: 9: 30 p. m.-11: 30 p. m. on Friday ‎ ‎1.What does Dong Qing do?‎ A. A director and designer.‎ B. A producer and hostess.‎ C. A director and producer ‎2.When is Running Man on every week?‎ A. 9: 30 a.m.-11: 30 a. m on Friday.‎ B. 9: 00 a. m. -10: 30 a.m. on Saturday and Wednesday.‎ C. 9: 30 p. m.-11: 30 p. m. on Friday.‎ ‎3.If you want to learn about Chinese characters, which TV show can help you?‎ A. Running Man.‎ B. The Chinese Character Dictation Competition.‎ C. Readers.‎ ‎4.Can you watch Readers at 8: 45 a. m on Friday?‎ A. Yes, we can.‎ B. No, we can’t.‎ C. No, we don't.‎ ‎5.Which of the following is true?‎ A. Readers is a TV show about the story of Dong Qing.‎ B. The Chinese Character Dictation Competition can make people's handwriting more beautiful.‎ C. The members of Running Man can't complete missions alone.‎ ‎（四十一）山东省菏泽市 Although half a century has passed, Shao Guohua never forgot the film ticket his teacher gave him that warmed his heart when he was a boy. Shao entered primary school in Zigong, Sichuan Province, in 1960, Back then, sports and watching movies were the students’ favorite times.‎ Once, the school organized a trip to the movies for the students, and many of Shao’s classmates signed (签约) up for it. But the boy had no money to buy the 0. 05-yuau ticket. When his classmates lined up to enter the movie theater, the boy stood alone outside. Then Shao’s Chinese teacher Mo Xunru saw him and bought a ticket for him.‎ He can’t remember what movie it was, but Shao never stopped being thankful to his teacher. “Ms. Mo made forty or fifty yuan a month back then, so a 0.05-yuan ticket may not be a big deal for her. But for me, it moved me deeply,” said 63-year-old Shao.‎ After graduating from primary school, Shao moved to another city along with his parents. In the following years. he tried to find his former teachers and classmates, but failed. It wasn’t until this year that Shao visited his teacher Mo Xunru after 50 years.‎ ‎ “The reunion (重聚) was emotional,” said Shao, who is over sixty himself now. “The 89-year old Mo did not hear well anymore and seemed to not know me at first sight, but she was still as kind as she used to be.” Shaoleft l,000 yuan to his teacher as well as a letter which reads: “Dear Ms. Mo, wish you good health. Your student: Shao Guohua.”‎ ‎1.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. Shao Guohua entered the primary school in 1961‎ B. Mo Xunru was Shao’s Chinese teacher.‎ C. Shao Guohua never left his hometown.‎ ‎2.Why didn’t Shao Guohua enter the movie theater at first?‎ A. Because he didn’t like the film.‎ B. Because his classmates didn’t like him.‎ C. Because he had no money to buy the ticket.‎ ‎3.When did Shao see Ms. Mo again?‎ A. 50 years after he graduated from primary school.‎ B. After he graduated from university.‎ C. The writer doesn’t tell us.‎ ‎4.What’s the main idea of the passage?‎ A. Shao Guohua gave his teacher 1,000 yuan.‎ B. A teacher bought a movie ticket for her student.‎ C. A man repaid his teacher for a movie ticket after half a century.‎ ‎（四十二）山东省菏泽市 Put a frog in the water and start heating the water. As the temperature of the water rises, the frog is able to adjust its body temperature. The frog keeps on adjusting with the increase in temperature.‎ Just when the water is about to reach the boiling point, the frog is not able to adjust anymore.‎ At that point the frog decides to jump out.‎ The frog tries to jump but is unable to do so. because it loses all its strength in adjusting to the water temperature.‎ Very soon the frog dies. What kills the frog?‎ Many of us would say the boiling water.‎ But in fact, what kills the frog is its own inability to decide when it has to jump out.‎ We all need to adjust to people and situations, but we need to be sure when we need to adjust and when we need to face.‎ There are times when we need to face the situation and take the proper action.‎ If we allow people to exploit us in body, mind, emotion or money, they will continue to do so. We have to decide when to jump. Let us jump while we still have the strength! So, we must think of danger in times of safety and always be prepared for the worst.‎ ‎1.What does the underlined word “adjust” in the first paragraph mean in Chinese?‎ A. 整理 B. 调整 C. 整顿 ‎2.What kills the frog?‎ A. The boiling water.‎ B. Its own ability to adjust its body temperature.‎ C. Its own inability to decide when it has to jump out.‎ ‎3.What does the writer really want to tell us?‎ A. We must think of danger in times of safety.‎ B. We should not put the frog in the boiling water.‎ C. The frog is too stupid to know how to protect itself.‎ ‎（四十三）山东省菏泽市 Wol f Warrior II Introduction :‎ ‎ In the film Wolf Warrior II , Leng Feng, played by Wu Jing, is a Chinese soldier who takes on special tasks around the world. He helped Chinese workers and local Africans flee (逃离). The film tells us: When we meet danger in a foreign land, do not give up! Please remember, at our back stands our strong motherland- China.‎ Dates: June 15th～ June 21st Weekdays 10:30 a. m. , 7:30 p. m.‎ Weekends 10:00 a. m. , 2:00 p. m. , 7:00 p.m.‎ Place: Heze People’s Movie Theater Time: 126 minutes Ticket price: 50 yuan (day shows)‎ ‎70 yuan (evening shows)‎ Children under 5 years old: free Tel: 0530—1234567‎ ‎1 .Wol f Warrior II is about how Leng Fang_________.‎ A. helped Chinese workers and local Africans flee B. fought against the Japanese soldiers C. protected the safety of the world ‎2.You can see the film .‎ A. at 2:00 p. m. on Tuesday B. at 7:00 a.m. on Saturday C. at 10:00 a. m. on Sunday ‎3.If Mr. and Mrs. Green go to see the film with their 3-year-old son at 7:00 p. m. , how much will they pay?‎ A. 140 yuan. B. 100 yuan. C. 120 yuan.‎ ‎4.In which part of the newspaper can we read The passage?‎ A. Sports. B. Advertisements. C. News.‎ ‎（四十四）山东省菏泽市 Recently, a designer in Hong Kong has invented a special book that can transform (变形) into a piece of furniture. The special book is called Bookniture. It can be unfolded to become a chair or a small table. People can either carry it around for a portable (轻便的) chair or can store it in their homes to use as extra furniture.‎ The book was designed by Mike Mak. He came up with the idea after never having enough seats for his friends in his home in Hong Kong.‎ ‎“I love having friends at my place, but I have never had enough seats for everyone—we would always end up with just sitting on the floor. 1 really want a seat that doesn’t take up any floor space when I don’t need it. One ‎ day, the empty space on my bookcase drew my attention. Then came the new idea—Bookniture, furniture hidden in a book,” said the 30-year-old designer.‎ Made from fully-recyclable kraft paper (牛皮纸) , the book measures 33 cm by 18 cm. It expands (扩大) to 14 times bigger once it’s opened, and can support up 10 1,000 kg of weight. It comes in two colors, brown and black, and can be bought for between￡55 and ￡57.‎ ‎1.The book is special because .‎ A. it can be used as a bag to carry things B. it is made from recyclable plastic C. it can transform into a chair or a table ‎2.Paragraph 3 is about .‎ A. how Mike came up with the idea B. who designed Bookniture C. what Bookniture looks like ‎3.What information can we learn about Bookinirure from the last paragraph?‎ ‎① size ② color ③ weight ④ price ⑤ material A. ①②③④ B. ①②④⑤ C. ②③④⑤‎ ‎4.What can be the best title for this passage?‎ A. Bookniture. B. Furniture C. Mike Mak ‎（四十五）甘肃省兰州市 Education is very close in my heart. My father grew up in a very small village in China. In those days, not many villagers could read. So my father opened a night school to teach them how to read. With his help, many people learned to write their own names; with his help, many people learned to read newspaper for the first time; with his help, many women were able to teach their children how to read. As his daughter, I know what education means to the people, especially those without it. after generations(几代人)of hard work, China has come a long way in education. I am a beneficiary(受益者)of that progress. Otherwise I would never become a singer and a professor of music.‎ Education is about women and the girls. It is important for girls to go to school because they will become their children's first teacher someday. In China, Spring Bud Education Program(春蕾计划) has helped over 3 million girls go back to school. Many of them have finished university education and they are doing well at work.‎ Education is about equality. In poor countries and regions(地区) the number of school dropouts(辍学) is astonishing. We call for more educational resources to these places.‎ Education is about the young people. Young people are the future. Education is important because it not only gives young people knowledge and skills but also helps them become responsible citizens.‎ Many years ago my father made a small difference in his village. Together we can make a big difference in the world. I was once asked about my Chinese dream. I said I hope all children especially girls can have chances to get good education. This is my Chinese dream. I believe one day education first will no longer be a dream, it will be a reality enjoyed by every young woman on this planet.‎ ‎1.What did the writer's father do in those days?‎ A. He opened a bookstore ‎ B. He opened a hospital C. He opened a night school. ‎ D. He opened a supermarket ‎2.Why is it important for girls to go to school?‎ A. Because they will become their children’s first teacher someday B. Because they love reading.‎ C. Because they can learn how to write their own names.‎ D. Because they can be smarter than boys.‎ ‎3.What's the number of girls who can go back to school with the help of Spring Bud Education Program?‎ A. 3 million. ‎ B. More than 3 million ‎ C. Less than 3 million ‎ D. Over 2 million. ‎ ‎4.Which of the following statements is NOT mentioned?‎ A. Education is about the young people.‎ B. Education is about women and the girls.‎ C. Education is about equality D. Education is about money ‎5 .According to the passage, the writer's Chinese dream is that ___________.‎ A. all women can have chances to get good education B. all people can have chances to get good education C. all children especially boys can have chances to get good education D. all children especially girls can have chances to get good education ‎（四十六）甘肃省兰州市 After-school Activities Are you interested in ball games?‎ Teacher: Mr. Brown Place: On the playground Time: Monday, 16;00-18:00‎ Age: Over 10 years old Would you like to be a dancer?‎ Teacher: Miss, Miller Place: In the gym Time: Friday, 19:00-21:00‎ Age: Over 5 years old Are you good at painting?‎ Teacher: Mr. Green Place: In the art room Time: Sunday, 8:00-10:00‎ Age: Over 4 years old, under 14‎ Do you enjoy playing chess?‎ Teacher: Mrs. Smith Place: In the library Time: Saturday, 15:30-18:00‎ Age: Over 6 years old, under 10‎ ‎1.If Alice wants to learn to dance, she has to be over ___ years old.‎ A. four B. five C. six D. ten ‎2.Cindy is interested in drawing pictures, so she can go to the ______ on Sundays.‎ A. library B. art room C. gym D. playground ‎3.David is 11 years old and he likes playing tennis. Who can teacher him?‎ A. Mr. Green B. Miss. Miller C. Mrs. Smith D. Mr. Brown ‎4.Which of the following activities is NOT mentioned in the passage?‎ A. Dancing B. Painting C. Singing D. Ball games ‎5.How long does it take Bill to play chess on Saturdays?‎ A. Two and a half hours. B. One hour and a half.‎ C. Two hours D. One hour.‎ ‎（四十七）甘肃省兰州市 As a well-known Chinese TV hostess, Dong Qing is now hosting two cultural shows, Chinese Poetry Conference and Readers. The two shows are encouraging people to love traditional culture and find the beauty of life.‎ Dong was born in a highly educated family in 1973. she had a great love for traditional literature(文学)from an early age. In 2015 when she was about to study in the U.S, Dong received an invitation from the director of Chinese Poetry Conference asking her to be the hostess. Because of her passion for traditional literature, Dong accepted the job.‎ ‎"The contest interests me very much. Hosting it is a process of learning about poetry and performing, "said Dong. To her great joy, the show has become more and more popular.‎ Under the slogan(口号)”Reading touches people's hearts”, the new TV show Readers has become a success. It invites famous guests from all walks of life to read something. Dong works as both hostess and producer.‎ Readers became a turning point in Dong' s 21 years of hosting She said it brought her "quite a huge challenge”.‎ ‎"There is no shortcut(捷径) in this world. If you want to be a good host, you need to make thorough preparations, said the beautiful hostess. "The charm of life lies in its unknown, so we just have to try and keep going.‎ ‎1.What shows is Dong Qing hosting now?‎ A. Readers. B. Chinese Poetry Conference.‎ C. Chinese poetry Conference and Readers. D. The Voice of China.‎ ‎2.Where did Dong Qing decide to study in 2015?‎ A. In France B. In England C. In Japan D. In America ‎3.What does Dong Qing do at present?‎ A. An actress B. A singer C. A hostess D. A hostess and producer ‎4.The underlined word “passion” in the second paragraph probably means “great ____”.‎ A. love B. joy C. surprise D. pride ‎5.What’s the best title (题目)for the text?‎ A. Find the Beauty of Life B. How to Be a Successful TV Hostess C. Reading Touches People’s Hearts D. Dong Qing—a Talented Lady ‎（四十八）四川省凉山州 Happiness is important for everyone. Most people want to be happy, but few know how to find happiness. Here is a story to help you.‎ Once a bird lived unhappily. So it traveled far away to look for its happiness.‎ It flew and flew. Suddenly it saw a spider climbing up a wall. The spider fell off the wall halfway. But it kept climbing again and fell off again. Even so, the spider didn’t give up. The little bird asked the spider in surprise. “Why don' t you have pain but happiness on your face though you fail again and again?”‎ ‎“Because I keep making my efforts. I'm happy.” said the spider.‎ Then the little bird saw it happiness is a will in the heart.‎ The bird continued flying and saw a lame duck help a little duck who got lost to find the way back home. Although it was disabled, it had a smiling face.‎ ‎“I'm happy because I can help others.” said the lame duck.‎ So the bird saw it happiness is a love in the heart.‎ The bird went on flying and suddenly saw a little dying flower, whose face was full of smile. The bird didn’t know the reason. So it asked the little flower, “You're going to die. Why are you still so happy?” ‎ ‎“Because my dream will come true,” said the little flower.‎ ‎“What is your dream?”‎ ‎“To produce sweet fruit.”‎ The little bird saw it: happiness is a hope in the heart.‎ So the little bird no more looked for happiness because it had seen the truth happiness is not in the faraway ‎ place but in your own heart. You are the maker of your own happiness.‎ ‎1.Who never gave up though it failed again and again in this passage?‎ A. The bird B. The spider.‎ C. The flower.‎ D. The duck.‎ ‎2.Why is the little dying flower still so happy?‎ A. Because it often helps others.‎ B. Because it’ll produce sour fruit.‎ C. Because it has a hope in the heart.‎ D. Because it keeps climbing up a wall.‎ ‎3.What can we know from the story?‎ A. The bird found happiness in its own heart.‎ B. The bird found happiness in the faraway place.‎ C. The bird didn’t know where happiness was at last.‎ D. The lame duck wasn’t happy because it had to help others.‎ ‎4.Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?‎ A. Happiness is important for everyone.‎ B. Many people know how to find happiness.‎ C. We make happiness by ourselves.‎ D. The way to happiness is to have a dream, to help others and not to give up.‎ ‎5.The passage is mainly about .‎ A. will B. hope C. love D. happiness ‎（四十九）四川省凉山州 DIY which means Do It Yourself, is quite popular in UK. Lots of stores and supermarkets sell DIY things. TV programs show people how to DIY.‎ English people like DIY. There is a saying in UK---“An Englishman's home is his castle”. Huge numbers of people spend their holidays making their homes beautiful "castles". If there is anything that needs fixing around their homes, such as painting the walls or putting in a new shower, they will do the jobs themselves. They share DIY experience with their friends. More and more people have discovered the joy of DIY. Sometimes people also DIY for saving money. With the economy becoming worse at present, many people cannot afford a big house. They are looking at how they can make their house better with less money. It is not surprising that DIY is so popular.‎ DIY can be difficult. There is a huge market for DIY furniture. People need to get together pieces of furniture with a few basic tools. However, people often find it not easy to build a piece of furniture because they can't understand the instructions. Sometimes the instructions are very simple but the furniture itself is difficult to build. One thing is for sure, though most DIY projects are started with the best ideas, many of them may not get finished. DIY can also be dangerous. For example, anything electrical should be done by a professional worker. Unluckily, many people don’t care about this warming and put themselves in danger. It is reported that in just one year over 230,000 people were hurt while doing DIY in UK, including 41,000 who fell off ladders.‎ Therefore, DIY can bring us fun and help us save money, but it is not always as easy as it is thought to be if we bite off more than we can chew. Maybe factories should make products that are easier and safer for us to DIY. All in all, it is a very good and suitable thing for many people.‎ ‎1.What are DIY things?‎ A. Things that are done by yourself.‎ B. Things that are sold in the supermarket C. Things that are shown on TV.‎ D. Things that are sold in the store.‎ ‎2.Why do people in UK like DIY?‎ A. DIY can bring them fun.‎ B. DIY can help them save money.‎ C. DIY can be difficult.‎ D. Both A and B.‎ ‎3.According to paragraph 3, which of the following is True?‎ A. People can often understand the instructions easily to build a piece of furniture.‎ B. All DIY projects with the best ideas can get finished.‎ C. Less than 230,000 people were hurt while doing DIY in UK in just one year.‎ D. 41,000 people fell off ladders while doing DIY in UK in just one year.‎ ‎4.The passage does NOT mention of DIY.‎ A. the advantages B. the disadvantages C. the inventor D. the meaning ‎5.You may read the passage in the part of in a magazine.‎ A. Life B. Ad.‎ C. History.‎ D. Geography.‎ ‎（五十）云南省昆明市 Thirteen-year-old Cindy had been bullied(欺凌) at school for about two years. Her bag, keys and mobile phone had been stolen. She had also been knocked off her bicycle, kicked and punched(以拳重击). ‎ Cindy tried to fight back, but it always seemed to be her, not the bullies, who got into trouble. She became so afraid of going to school that she started to be absent from her classes. ‎ Finally, her headmaster set up a special plan, asking students to look after one another. He gave Cindy the courage to play the guitar in a school concert, Which gave Cindy new confidence and helped her respect from the other students. Gradually, the bullying began to stop. ‎ Cindy’s story is not uncommon, but help is always there. All students in the UK now have to follow strict bullying policies(政策). There are many charities and organizations giving support to young people, such as BullyingUK and Childine. So remember one very important piece of advice: If you are being bullied, don’t put up with it – tell someone.‎ ‎1.How old was Cindy when she was first bullied?‎ A. About 7 years old. B. About 9 years old.‎ C. About 11 years old. D. About 13 years old.‎ ‎2.Why was Cindy absent from her classes?‎ A. Because she couldn’t deal with her trouble B. Because she was afraid of her teachers.‎ C. Because she liked playing.‎ D. Because she had to work.‎ ‎3.How did Cindy receive respect?‎ A. By fighting back. B. By setting up a special plan.‎ C. By playing the guitar in a school concert. D. By asking an organization for help.‎ ‎4.The underlined phrase "put up with" in the last paragraph mean "_________" .‎ A. stand B. refuse C. notice D. miss ‎5.What is the best title for the passage?‎ A. Disadvantages of bullying B. Bullying policies C. Leave bullying alone D. Say no to bullying ‎（五十一）云南省昆明市 Working as a vet (兽医), I met a family who taught me an unforgettable lesson. They came to my clinic with their dying dog Coco. I examined Coco and found he was old and had a serious illness. I told the family we couldn’t do anything for Coco, and euthanasia (安乐死) would be best for the dog.‎ On that day, they little boy Eric seemed so calm , petting the old dog for the last time, that I wondered if Eric understood what was going on.‎ The little boy seemed to accept Coco’s death without any difficulty. We sat together for a while after Coco's death, explaining that animal lives are shorter than human lives. ‎ Eric, who had been listening quietly, piped up: "I know why." ‎ He said, "People need a lifetime to learn how to live a good life—like loving everybody and being nice, right?" The six-year-old continued, "Well, animals already know how to do that, so they don't have to stay as long." ‎ I’d never heard a more soft-hearted explanation as to why animal lives are so short. It has changed the way I live. I see everyday as the day that my life could be easily taken away, so I try to live my life to the fullest.‎ ‎1.What was the matter with Coco?.‎ A. She had a stomachache. B. She had a headache.‎ C. She was old and dying. D. She was hurt by her friend.‎ ‎2.Which of the following would be best for Coco in the clinic?‎ A. Some delicious food.‎ B. Euthanasia.‎ C. A good friend.‎ D. An interesting toy.‎ ‎3.Why Was Eric so calm while petting the dog for the last time?‎ A. Because he didn’t know what was going on.‎ B. Because he didn’t know how to face Coco’s death.‎ C. Because he had another dog.‎ D. Because he accepted Coco’s death.‎ ‎4.How can we understand Eric’s words?.‎ A. He thought people already knew how to love others all the time and be nice.‎ B. He thought dogs already knew how to love others all the time and be nice.‎ C. He didn’t think people knew how to love dogs.‎ D. He didn’t think dog knew how to love people.‎ ‎5.According to the passage, we can infer that ______.‎ A. the vet didn’t do anything for Coco B. the vet makes an effort to live a life C. the vet has lived a fullest life D. the vet will keep more dogs ‎（五十二）湖北省孝感市 On Monday, I stopped my car in front of my daughter Juliet's middle school. She jumped in the front seat, feeling down. She asked me to help her study for her science test.‎ ‎“Dad I need to memorize a unit about the Reproductive Cycle of Plants. And I can hardly make it.”‎ ‎"You know memorizing seems like the best way to study, but in fact you can do better in tests if you work on trying to understand the material.”‎ Juliet was open to my advice. It was Monday afternoon and we had two nights to study before the test on Wednesday. I suggested a plan. "Tomorrow night, you are going to teach the material to me. Tonight, read the unit. Prepare to teach.”‎ Asking her to teach me was an unusual idea but I was determined to do it. Studies show teaching somebody else is a very useful way to lean, Even if you don't do the teaching. the act of preparing to teach leads to more learning than just trying your best to memorize the material.‎ On Tuesday afternoon, Juliet sat down with her Science book facing me said, “Okay Dad, let’s study.” I wanted her to teach me. But false starts happened. I couldn’t be too hard on her. So instead we starred with me asking her some simple questions. She knew some but not other. When she didn't know the answers. I encouraged her to check the book.‎ She started checking things that didn't make sense. And she was actively seeking to test her understanding. I was happy to see it. She wasn't memorizing, she was trying to make sense of things, which was exactly what I had hoped she would do.‎ ‎1.Why did Juliet feel down?‎ A. Because she failed her science test.‎ B. Because she had trouble memorizing a unit.‎ C. Because she knew nothing about planting.‎ D. Because she couldn't follow her teacher.‎ ‎2.In the writer’s opinion, which was the key to best learning?‎ A. Memorizing B. Testing C. Questioning.‎ D. Understanding ‎3.The underlined word "it" in paragraph 5 refers to “ “.‎ A. making her check the book B. using simple questions to test her C. encouraging her to read the unit D. asking her to teach me the unit ‎4.When false starts happened, the writer was .‎ A. patient B. worried C. nervous D. embarrassed ‎5.Which can be the best title for the passage?‎ A. A Creative Father B. An Unexpected Test C. Learning from Teaching D. Preparing for Teaching ‎（五十三）湖北省孝感市 Let's learn about nature!‎ Are you interested in animals and nature? Want to enjoy your summer holiday and learn something interesting and useful?‎ Here comes your CHANCE! Here is a THREE-DAY SUMMER PROGRAM! You can take part in many activities and meet with animals, such as giraffes, pandas tigers, and so on! More information about the program is as follows:‎ Age: Students aged 8-16‎ Groups: There are 2 programs for you to choose from. Each program needs at most 15 students.‎ Program cost: $230 for members; $250 for non- members(非会员).‎ How to do: Come to our center to get an application form(申请表) .Send your form on or before June 25. 2018.‎ Notes:‎ ‎1.NO FREE LUNCHES. You may either bring a lunch-box or pay for lunch in our restaurants.‎ ‎2.Both programs will start ONE DAY later if there is a warning of rainstorms.‎ COME AND JOIN US NOW!! DON’T MISS THE CHANCE!!‎ ‎1.How many days are there in a Summer Program?‎ A. 2‎ B. 3‎ C. 4‎ D. 5‎ ‎2. can join the Summer Program.‎ A. A kid of 7‎ B. A girl of 10‎ C. A boy of 18‎ D. A man of 22‎ ‎3.One member and one non-member should pay for the Summer Program.‎ A. $230‎ B. $250‎ C. $460‎ D. $480‎ ‎4.Where can you get an application form?‎ A. In our shop.‎ B. In our school.‎ C. In our center.‎ D. In our restaurant.‎ ‎5.When will Program B start if there is a rainstorm on August 7, 2018?‎ A. On August 8.‎ B. On August 9.‎ C. On September 8.‎ D. On September 9.‎ ‎（五十四）湖北省孝感市 What can you make with pieces of paper? Look at Chen Yiyan's work! The 14-year-old boy in Hangzhou Foreign Language School has an amazing talent for paper-folding. He has folded a “fantasy world" with his hands.‎ Chen wasn't born with this talent. When he was a fourth-grader, he found his brother's paper-folding book. It ‎ got him interested in it. Following the 50 steps shown in the book, he made his first work--a paper elephant within two hours. Since then, he has read many books about paper-folding and practised folding paper in his spare time. So far, his fantasy world has many members, such as monsters and robots. He made his favorite work last year. It was a paper dragon that had almost 2,000 steps.‎ Chen used to fold paper himself until he met Li Changnan, an eighth-grader in his school who also loved folding paper. They set up a paper-folding club last year. To their joy, their school sponsored it. With the encouragement and the money provided, they had a paper-folding class every Wednesday afternoon. The club soon attracted a lot of students. Now it has more than 20 members. They showed their works and taught other students how to fold paper. On February 14th this year, the club also held a speech for the kids in Wenzhou Children's Library.‎ It is really exciting to develop my hobby and share it with others at the same time, " said Chen, "I hope more and more people get to know paper-folding and love the art ‎1.What made Chen Yiyan interested in paper-folding?‎ A. A paper-folding club B. Meeting Li Changnan.‎ C. Wenzhou Children's Library D. His brother's paper-folding book ‎2.Which work did Chen Yiyan like best?‎ A. A paper monster.‎ B. A paper elephant.‎ C. A paper dragon.‎ D. A paper robot.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word "sponsored” mean?‎ A. Supported.‎ B. Prevented.‎ C. Refused.‎ D. Introduced.‎ ‎4.Which of the following activities did the chub hold?‎ ‎①holding competitions ‎②showing their works ‎③giving a speech ‎④reading books in the library ‎⑤teaching how to fold paper ‎⑥having paper-folding classes A. ①②⑤⑥‎ B. ①③④⑤‎ C. ②③⑤⑥‎ D. ②③④⑥‎ ‎5.Why did Chen Yiyan put so much effort into paper-folding?‎ A. To develop paper-folding art.‎ B. To build his own fantasy world.‎ C. To admire more paper-folding lovers.‎ D. To make himself famous in the school.‎ ‎（五十五）江苏省苏州市 Two little boys ‎ Two little boys had two little toys Each had a wooden horse.‎ Joyfully they played each summer’s day Soldiers (士兵) both, of course.‎ Then Jack broke off his horse’s head,‎ Sad for his toy, then cried with joy As his young friend Joe said:‎ Did you think I would leave you crying When there’s room on my horse for two?‎ Climb up here, Jack, and don’t be crying I can go just as fast with two When we grow up we’ll both be soldiers Long years past, war came so _____‎ Bravely they marched away.‎ Guns roared loud and in the mad crowd Wounded and dying lie Up goes a shout, a horse rushes out Out from the crowd, to where Joe lay Then came a voice he knew:‎ Did you think I would leave you dying When there’s room on my horse for two?‎ Climb up here, Joe, we’ll soon be flying I can go just as fast with two.‎ And our horses will not be toys And I wonder if we’l remember When we were two little boys.‎ Now we are both real soldiers And our horses are not toys And I remember When we were two little boys.‎ ‎1.What happened to Jack’s toy horse?‎ A. Its head was broken off. B. It was taken by soldiers.‎ C. It was broken by Joe. D. It was lost in the war.‎ ‎2.The best word for the blank is .‎ A. fast B. hard C. slow D. quick ‎3.What is the song mainly about?‎ A. Dangerous war. B. Interesting games.‎ C. Pleasant summer. D. Valuable friendship.‎ ‎（五十六）江苏省苏州市 Do you know what you’d like to be when you grow up? It takes most people many years to find this out. For the young artist Alexandra Nechita, it never really seemed to be a question. From the day she began drawing at the age of two, she was an artist.‎ Alexandra Nechita was born in Romania in 1985 and moved to California when she was still a baby. As a little child, she loved colouring in her colouring books. Her parents hoped she could spend more time playing with other children, so they took away her colouring books. Alexandra began drawing her own pictures and colouring them in.‎ By the time Alcxandra was seven ycars old, she had begun painting with oil paints. When ‎ Alexandra took a local art class, her teacher was amazed at the young artist’s unusual style of painting. Alexandra’s work was similar in some ways to the paintings by famous artists like Picasso. These artists did not use a realistic style of painting. They allowed their imaginations to play an important part in their work. The interesting thing was that little Alexandra had never seen the work of these artists. People called her “Little Picasso”. This was a great honour, but Alexandra’s style of painting was all her own.‎ Alexandra’s first public show was held at a Los Angeles public library when she was only eight years old. People were amazed at how young Alexandra was, but mostly they loved her imaginative artwork. It did not take long for Alexandra and her work to become famous. She appeared on television programs and in newspapers and magazines all over the world. The sale of a single piece can earn the young artist thousands of dollars. But that is not why Alexandra creates artwork. She just cannot imagine doing anything else that would bring her such joy and satisfaction.‎ Today, Alexandra is a full-time artist. She also works to help support the arts in schools. Alexandra is a strong believer in the power of art as a tool of communication and a bridge to building peace throughout the world.‎ ‎1.When did Alexandra begin drawing pictures?‎ A. At the age of eight. B. At the age of seven.‎ C. At the age of two. D. In the year of 1985.‎ ‎2.Alexandra was called “Little Picasso” because .‎ A. shc learned to paint from Picasso B. her style of painting was like Picasso’s C. she was one of Picasso’s big fans D. her style of painting was unusual ‎3.What can we learn from the underlined sentence in Paragraph 4?‎ A. Only painting can make her so happy and satisfied.‎ B. Only money can make her so happy and satisfied.‎ C. Anything can make her feel happy and satisfied.‎ D. Nothing can make her feel happy and satisfied.‎ ‎4.According to the passage, which word can best describe Alexandra?‎ A. Polite. B. Generous. C. Patient. D. Creative.‎ ‎（五十七）江苏省苏州市 Hundreds of years ago, no dandelions (蒲公英) grew in North America. Then people came from Europe.They had dandelion seeds on their clothes. The seeds fell from their clothes onto the ground. Since then, dandelions have spread all over.‎ Most people believe that dandelions are weeds. They do not want them in their gardens. But some people think that dandelion flowers are pretty. And others think that dandelions taste good. They cook dandelion leaves or put them into a fresh salad. The leaves must be picked before the flowers come out or they will not taste good. Some people make dandelion flowers into wine.‎ Dandelions do not die easily. If the winter is not very cold, their leaves may stay green.‎ When the spring arrives, their flowers come out. Each night their bright yellow flowers close up. When the sun shines the next day, they open up again. Dandelion flowers are very unusual. They do not have to get pollen (花粉) from another dandelion flower in order to form seeds. So after several days, the yellow flower turns white and soft. A tiny brown seed forms at the bottom of each white petal (花瓣). When the wind blows, the petals float away.‎ Each white petal carries a seed away. This lets the dandelions spread their seeds all over.‎ New dandelions grow where the seeds land.‎ ‎1.The underlined word “weeds” means .‎ A. pretty flowers B. fresh vegetables C. wild plants D. green trees ‎2.When is the best time to pick dandelion leaves to eat?‎ A. After their flowers come out. ‎ B. After their flowers turn white.‎ C. Before their flowers come out. ‎ D. Before their flowers close up.‎ ‎3.What is the best title for this passage?‎ A. The History of Dandelions ‎ B. Dandelions: Flowers or Food C. The Use of Dandelions ‎ D. How to Grow Dandelions ‎（五十八）江苏省苏州市 All the students in Class l, Grade 9 at Woodland School agreed they loved going to the movies. Different students loved different movies. Their teachers took a survey of the students’ favourite movies for the year. The graph below shows the results.‎ ‎1.The graph shows the results of .‎ A. teachers’ favourite movies in a class B. students’ favourite movies in a class C. teachers’ favourite movies in a grade D. students’ favourite movies in a grade ‎2.According to the graph, the most popular movie was .‎ A. Mr Mann’s Journey B. Cheeky Monkeys C. Super Croc D. Mystery Island ‎（五十九）湖北省咸宁 If you want to travel from Xi'an to Chengdu by train, it will take about 16 hours. But starting this month, the new Xi'an-Chengdu high-speed railway will shorten this travel time to three hours.‎ The 643-kilometer line is China's first high-speed railway to run through the Qinling Mountains, which form a natural boundary(分界线) between China's north and south. With a speed of 250 km per hour, it's also the first mountain-heavy train line to provide a 4G network.‎ Along the way, the train passes through two areas for rare(稀有) wild animals — one for pandas and the other for crested ibises(朱鹮).‎ To reduce the railway's influence on the animals, workers and experts have designed and built the railway to be environmentally friendly, China Daily reported.‎ In September, there were 345 wild pandas living in the Qinling Mountains. China now has l,864 wild pandas in total, according to the Xinhua News Agency.‎ To avoid disturbing the pandas, the railway was designed to run through tunnels(隧道)‎ within the area. Protective shields(防护屏) are placed near the entrance of each tunnel to stop animals from going in.‎ To avoid hurting the thousands of crested ibises that fly near one part of the railway, protective nets have been set up along the tracks to make sure the birds will not fly into a train.‎ The nets are about 32 km long and 4 meters high. Experts tested different shapes and materials for building the nets before making their final choice.(A report in December, 2017)‎ ‎1.From this month, it will take to travel from Xi'an to Chengdu by the high-speed train.‎ A. 16 hours B. 13 hours C. 6 hours D. 3 hours ‎2 .Which of the following is TRUE about the new Xi'an-Chengdu railway?‎ A. It is China's first high-speed railway.‎ B. It runs through the Qinling Mountains.‎ C. It is the first mountain-heavy train line.‎ D. It is the first train line with a 4G network.‎ ‎3.Why was the railway designed and built to be environmentally friendly?‎ A. To save money and energy.‎ B. To avoid harming wild animals.‎ C. To avoid damaging the mountains.‎ D. To help the train run through tunnels quietly.‎ ‎4.What are experts using to stop animals from going into the tunnels?‎ A. Entrances. B. Tracks. C. Protective shields. D. Protective nets.‎ ‎5.This news about the new railway is reported by _.‎ A. China Daily B. the Xinhua News Agency C. the 4G network D. CCTV ‎（六十）湖北省咸宁 Shang Yang was a politician of the Qin state. He was very wise and forward-thinking(有远见的). He worked out several reform plans for the state, including focusing on farming and giving rewards(奖赏) to soldiers who were successful during war.‎ But at the beginning, these reforms were not easily carried out. Only a few people in the state understood Shang's talent and the advantages of his plans. Most people had little trust and confidence in him.‎ To solve this problem, Shang came up with an idea. He ordered some soldiers to put a thin wooden pole at the south gate of the Qin state capital. This attracted many people. Then, in front of the crowd, he said loudly: "People of Qin, whoever takes this pole to the north gate will get a reward of 10 gold pieces."‎ It was a simple task and the reward was big. Some time passed and no one stepped forward. They all thought that Shang was joking. Hearing no answer, Shang stepped forward and said, "I will increase the reward to 50 gold pieces."‎ The words sounded even more unbelievable. Finally, a man from the crowd came forward to take the pole. He put the pole on his shoulders and walked to the north gate. True to his word, Shang paid the man 50 gold pieces.‎ Soon, the people were saying that Shang was a man of his word. When he began promoting(推行) his reforms, the people followed and did not question him.‎ Under the great reforms, Qin grew strong and united all the states, becoming the first empire of China. Later, people drew the Chinese idiom “立木取信” from this story.‎ ‎1.Shang Yang's reforms .‎ A. were never trusted by people B. made Qin grow strong C. were carried out easily at the beginning D. focused on farming and education ‎2.To let people trust him, Shang Yang .‎ A. ordered many young men to join the army B. gave a reward to anyone who supported him C. showed that he could keep his promises D. introduced his reforms at the south gate of the capital ‎3.What does the underlined word “unbelievable” mean in the passage?‎ A. 不能实现的 B. 不可能的 C. 难以理解的 D. 难以置信的 ‎4.Which of the following is WRONG according to the passage?‎ A. The Chinese idiom “立木取信” just came from this story.‎ B. Under the reforms, Qin united all the states.‎ C. The man who carried the pole to the north gate was paid only 10 gold pieces.‎ D. At first, only a few people in the state understood the advantages of Shang Yang's plans.‎ ‎5.What's the main idea of this story?‎ A. Earning people's trust is never easy.‎ B. Keeping promises can earn people's trust.‎ C. Money can lead people to do anything in the world.‎ D. Reforms are important for a country to develop.‎ ‎（六十一）辽宁省沈阳市 Imagine having a simple app(应用程序) that works like: When you need help, just open the app, touch the “notOK” button and a text message will be sent to five pre-selected(预先选定的)people, along with a location(位置)to show where you are. The message reads, Hey, I'm not OK. Please call me, text me, or come to find me.”‎ US teenagers Hannah Lucas, 15, and her brother Charie, 13, have created an app called notOK. People just need to pay $1.99(12.5 yuan) each month to use it.‎ Hannah was inspired(启发) to create the app during a dark time in her life last year. She suffered from a disease that caused her to pass out at school. Other kids sometimes bullied (欺凌)her about this. She felt sad and wanted to find an app that would allow her to get help when she wasn’t feeling OK.‎ She asked her brother Charlie, whose nickname is “Tech Support”, to find such an app. When they couldn’t find they decided to create one themselves.‎ They came up with some designs for the app first Charie took a programming class last summer and built a website for the app. Hannah also shared her idea in her summer business class. Some app developers showed interest and decided to help her. At last, the app came out in the US and Canda on January 31.‎ Hannah is happy that her app is helping others. “It makes everything I went through last year worth it,” she ‎ said.‎ ‎1 .Who will know you’re in trouble when you touch the “notOK” button?‎ A. Five pre-selected people.‎ B. Five family members C. Five app developers D. Five close friends.‎ ‎2 .What do the underlined words “text me” in Paragraph One probably mean?‎ A. Send me a report B. Send me an email C. Send me a message D. Send me an exam ‎3.The main purpose of inventing the app is to allow people ______.‎ A. to build a website B. to take classes C. to earn money D. to ask for help ‎4.The right order of the following statements about the invention of the app is _____.‎ a. Hannah suffered from a disease last year b. Charlie took a programming class last summer c. The app came out in the US and Canda in January.‎ d. Hannah and Charlie failed to find such a useful app A. c, d, a, b B. c, d, b ,a C. a, d, b, c D. a, d, c, b ‎5.The best words to describe the app are _______.‎ A. simple and helpful B. pleasant and dangerous C. expensive and creative D. interesting and pre-selected ‎【来源】辽宁省沈阳市2018年中考英语试题 ‎（六十二）辽宁省沈阳市 My children are growing up fast. My daughter is 16 and my boy is already in junior high school. As they get bigger, our house seems to get smaller. So we want to sell some of our things in a yard sale(庭院拍卖会) and give the money to a children’s home.‎ We have already cleared out a lot of things from our bedrooms. We have decided to each sell five things that we no longer use. My son was quite sad at first. Although he has not played with his old toys for a long time, he ‎ still wanted to keep them. For example, he has owned a train and railway set since his fourth birthday, and he played with it almost every week until he was about seven And he did not want to lose his toy monkey, either. He slept next to the monkey every night when he was a child. My daughter was more understanding, although she also felt sad to part with(出让) certain toys, and my wife wouldn't like to lose her hats which were out of fashion.‎ As for me, I did not want to give up my football shirts, but, to be honest, I have not played for a while now. I am getting older, too!‎ ‎1.The family decided to sell some of their things___________.‎ A. to buy a bigger house B. to make more space C. to hold a yard sale D. to become richer ‎2.The son got the train and railway set at the age of ________.‎ A. four B. seven C. fourteen D. sixteen ‎3.How did both of the kids feel about selling their old toys?‎ A. Nervous B. Angry C. Happy D. Sad ‎4.The passage was probably written by _______.‎ A. the son B. the daughter C. the father D. the mother ‎5.The passage is mainly about ______.‎ A. popular science B. family life C. healthy diet D. shopping plan ‎（六十三）辽宁省沈阳市 Cai Lun invented paper around 2, 000 years ago in China. It is an important invention. Before the invention of paper, people had to remember lots of information or write it on stone, wood, leaves, etc.‎ Today everyone in the world uses paper. With paper, we can make books and print newspapers. Sharing information is a lot easier with the help of paper.‎ People use paper every day. Students do homework and keep a diary on paper. Paper is a great invention.‎ Alan Turing was born in London, England, in 1912. He attended Cambridge University from 1931 to 1934. Turing was a mathematician(数学家)and a computer scientist. Many people called Turing the father of computer science. He created the first design(设计) for a modern computer.‎ Turing wanted to know if a machine could think for itself and trick someone into believing they were having a conversation with another person. This became known as the Turing test. In the test, a human talked to two other people through a computer. One was a machine, and the other was person. This idea is still used today.‎ ‎1.When was paper invented by Cai Lun?‎ A. Around 2, 000 years ago B. About 200 years ago.‎ C. Around 1, 000 years ago. D. About 100 years ago ‎2.People can do the following things with paper EXCEPT_________.‎ A. sharing information B. printing newspaper C. having the Turing test D. making books ‎3.Many people considered Alan Turing to be__________.‎ A. the inventor of paper B. the father of modern education C. the inventor of paper D. the father of computer science ‎4.In order to have the test, Turing needed ______.‎ A. three people, one computer and a machine B. two people, one computer and a machine C. two people, two computers and a machine D. one person, one computer and a machine ‎5.From the passage, we know Cai Lun’s invention and Turning idea are _____.‎ A. hard to accept B. not used any more C. unknown to people D. still used today ‎（六十四）黑龙江省齐齐哈尔市 Welcome to the art museum You've just stepped into one of the world's greatest collections of art, including centuries of human creativity from around the world. With thousands of works on show, you may wonder how to start your visit, but we are here to help. On the back of this Visitor Guide, you'll see the "don’t miss" list for the Art Museum. It shows some must-see works. It is a great choice to start if you are new to the museum.‎ The following pages include a clear floor plan of the museum and its collections. But because we have five buildings, the overlook below might be helpful. Enjoy your visit and feel free to ask for help and directions at any point during your stay.‎ 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项。(每小题2分，共10分)‎ ‎1.The passage is a page from .‎ A. a magazine B. a newspaper C. a visitor guide ‎2.The “don' t miss" list for the Art Museum shows .‎ A. some free paintings B. some must-see works C. some new collections ‎3.There aren't any special artworks in RICE BUTLDING, are there?‎ A. Yes, they are.‎ B. No, there aren’t.‎ C. Yes, there are.‎ ‎4.Which part of the museum will you go to if you want to see Chinese art?‎ A. THE"BRIDGE”‎ B. RICE BUILDING..‎ C. THE MODERN WING.‎ ‎5.Which of the following is true according to the passage?‎ A. The persons working in the museum are willing to help you.‎ B. RICE BUILDING is the closest to the MODERN WING.‎ C. The collections are all from Asia.‎ ‎（六十五）山东临沂 W hat was discovered by accident? The answer is penicillin (青霉素). It kills germs. By killing germs, it saves lives. Suppose you are sick. You go to a doctor. She examines you. She says you have a “staph” infection (葡萄球菌感染). She gives you some medicine. You take it. The medicine knocks out the staph. Soon you are well. Before penicillin, this would not happen. Staph was almost sure death.‎ Everyone wanted a medicine. Laboratories worked day and night. They grew the staph in small dishes. Then they tried to kill it. Nothing worked.‎ The laboratory dishes had covers on them. They kept things from falling into dishes. Molds (霉菌) were a big worry. They are always in the air. You can’t see them. They’re too small. There are thousands of different molds. Molds can make an experiment (实验) fail. That’s why dishes are covered.‎ Dr. Alexander Fleming was working to kill the staph germ. He worked for years. One day he took a cover off a dish. He looked inside. There was a thick growth of staph germ. There was also some mold. Then he saw something strange. Where the mold was, there was no growth of staph. This is what Fleming probably thought. “By accident, I found a mold to kill the dreaded staph.”‎ This is how penicillin was found. But here’s the real miracle (奇迹). There are thousands of kinds of molds. But only one kind can kill staph. The mold must have fallen into the dish a few days before. The cover was probably off only a few seconds (秒). In those few seconds the right mold fell into the right dish. Another man might have thrown the dish away. But Fleming was very careful and smart. He understood what the mold did. How lucky the humans were!‎ 根据短文内容，选择最佳答案 ‎1.During the experiments to find a medicine for staph infections, ________.‎ A. the dishes were not covered B. staph and mold were put together C. mold was kept in small dishes D. staph was grown in small dishes ‎2.The word “ dreaded” means “_______”.‎ A. famous B. scary C. health D. endangered ‎3.The last paragraph suggests that _______.‎ A. accidents happen to everyone B. the careful person does not have accidents C. the careless person will miss valuable chances D. luck is enough when doing scientific experiments ‎4.Most of this passage is written by ______.‎ A. telling an unusual story B. showing the results of experiments C. offering some reasons D. giving some advice ‎5.This passage is mainly about ______.‎ A. medicine for a staph infection B. useful accidents C. Dr. Fleming’s research D. discovering penicillin ‎（六十六）广西贺州市 ‎"Mom, "said Trevor, as he watched his mother washing the old cans (罐), "why are you washing these old cans?"‎ ‎"I'm getting them ready for being put into the recycling box," said Mom.‎ ‎"Well, they are rubbish to us, because we don' t need them anymore. I wash the cans out so that they won't attired insects," said Mom. "We don' t use some things, but it doesn't mean they have no value. These cans can be melted (熔化) down to make new cans or other things."‎ ‎"I didn't think of that," said Trevor. "Is that why you save all the cardboard(纸板) or newspapers too?"‎ Mom nodded, "That is also why I save all those vegetable bits, I use them all in our garden."‎ ‎"Our teacher told us about projects other classes had done for Earth Day, and she asked for suggestions for ‎ our class projects. I can't think of anything. Do you have any good ideas, Mom?" asked Trevor.‎ Mom wiped (擦) her hands with a towel (毛巾) and thought for a few minutes. "I saw an article in a magazine about wise ideas about recycling. It must be something you will be interested in."‎ ‎1.What was Trevor’s mother doing?‎ A. She was reading a magazine。‎ B. She was washing some old cans.‎ C. She was cooking in the kitchen。‎ D. She was packing some old newspapers。‎ ‎2.Trevor's mother saves some things EXCEPT ________ in this passage.‎ A. cardboard B. newspapers C. vegetable bits D. plastic bags ‎3.Which of the following is WRONG according to the passage?‎ A. We can use old cans to make new cans or other things.‎ B. Trevor's teacher wants to get some suggestions for her class projects.‎ C. Mom used a towel to dry her hands.‎ D. We can know the name of the magazine.‎ ‎4.What will they probably do after the conversation?‎ A. They will write a new article.‎ B. They will throw the cans away.‎ C. They will look for the magazine.‎ D. They will wash more cans together.‎ ‎（六十七）广西贺州市 Sometimes you get so angry that you feel like you are going to burst! It may seem like your anger (生气，发怒) will be the boss of you. What can you do to control your anger and how to keep yourself and others healthier and safer? Here are some ideas to help you.‎ Take a deep breath before your heart slows down again.‎ Count from 1 to 10 slowly in your mind before you open your mouth. Then count another 10. Think about what to do or say before making a choice.‎ Walk away from the place that makes you angry. Go somewhere else until you've thought about what you can do.‎ Use your words to tell your feelings. Don't hurt anyone with your hands or feet.‎ Say what you feel in a low voice, not in a loud voice.‎ Sometimes you need to do something to let those angry feelings out. For example, doing a chore that you hate is a very good idea. It can get rid of (消除) your anger and you can feel better when that chore has been done. In this way, you will make anger become something useful.‎ ‎1.What's the Chinese meaning of the underlined word "burst" in this passage?‎ A. 绽放 B. 爆炸 C. 分隔 D. 闯入 ‎2.What will happen if you are the boss of your anger?‎ A. You can burst.‎ B. You can shout loudly.‎ C. You can keep calm.‎ D. You can be dangerous.‎ ‎3.How many numbers should you count to control yourself before making a choice?‎ A. 10‎ B. 20‎ C. 30‎ D. 40‎ ‎4.What's the best title of this passage?‎ A. How to control your anger?‎ B. Don't hurt anyone with your hands.‎ C. Do some chores that you hate.‎ D. How to make a good choice?‎ ‎（六十八）广西贺州市 Life Supermarket We sell all kinds of fresh fruit and vegetables!‎ Open: 8: 00 am --10: 00 pm Address: 28 Jianshe Road Tel:5298l88‎ Website: www.lifesm.cn Hezhou Museun Different kinds of ancient tools are on show.‎ Open: Tuesday to Sunday every week.‎ Price: Free Tel: 5281236‎ Address: I PE. Road Hope Art Club Learn to play some musical instruments!‎ Dates: 26-30 June, 2018‎ Cost: 800 yuan Tel: 5271266‎ Address: 17 Xinxing Road ‎1.What does Life Supermarket sell?‎ A. Fruit and vegetables.‎ B. Musical instruments.‎ C. Ancient Tools.‎ D. Movie tickets.‎ ‎2.How many days is Hezhou Museum open every week?‎ A. 4 days.‎ B. 5 days.‎ C. 6 days.‎ D. 7 days.‎ ‎3.If Lily wants to join the Hope Art Club, how much will she pay?‎ A. 700 yuan.‎ B. 800 yuan.‎ C. 900 yuan.‎ D. 1000 yuan.‎ ‎（六十九）广西贺州市 Some cool inventions are listed in Science Magazine's 25 best inventions of 2018. They are "making the ‎ world better, smarter and -- in some cases -- a little more fun", according to the magazine's website. Do you want to lean more about some of the inventions? Let's find out.‎ ‎● Spark Spark is a new type of drones (飞行器) made by a Chinese company (公司) in Shenzhen called DJI. It can help people take photos and videos. Spark might be the smallest drone ever made. When folded, it is as small as a can of cola (可乐罐). The coolest part is that users can control the small drone just by using hand gestures(手势). For example, if you wave (挥动) your hand from left to right, the drone will fly in the same direction. When you want it to land, you just put your hand out. The drone will come to you and land on your hand.‎ ‎● Social Robot Robots may not be good communicators. But Jibo, made by US company Jibo Inc, may be different. With a big, round head and round, fat body, Jibo looks like a cartoon character. As soon as you say, "Hey, Jibo." It will giggle(咯咯地笑), dance and turn to face you. When it talks to you, it moves its head and body naturally to communicate with you. Although it has no eyes or mouth, Jibo uses animated icons (生动的表情), such as a smile icon, to show emotions. Right now Jibo can only do some basic things, like taking photos or reading the news to you. But it may learn to do more in the future.‎ ‎1.According to the passage, we know _______.‎ A. Spark might be bigger than any other drones.‎ B. Spark is controlled by using hand gestures.‎ C. Spark can only fly towards the same direction.‎ D. Spark is created by a US company.‎ ‎2.Jibo is ________.‎ A. a robot B. a drone C. a wheel D. the name of a magazine ‎3.What can we know about Jibo?‎ A. It has a round head and a thin body.‎ B. It looks like a cartoon character.‎ C. It can do lots of difficult work.‎ D. It has two eyes and a mouth.‎ ‎4.What do the two inventions have in common?‎ A. Both of them are made by Chinese companies.‎ B. Both of them have big bodies.‎ C. Both of them can fly in the sky.‎ D. Both of them can help us take photos.‎ ‎（七十）广西北部湾经济开发区 Imagine a perfect day: the weather is good and everything seems fine. When, suddenly, your mobile phone loses its signa l, the television has no programs, and you can’t get online with your computer.‎ What has happened? These are just the types of problems a solar storm（太阳风 暴）might cause. You may not think of storms as putting our society in danger. But today, a solar storm is as serious as other bad events, such as earthquakes.‎ A solar storm is caused by solar flares（太阳耀斑）: large explosions（爆炸）near the sun that can give off lots of energy. The strong energy can stop the satellite systems（卫星系统）that control our computers, telecom networks and so on. These storms can even cause the power to go out for weeks or months.‎ In the past few months, scientists have recorded some of the strongest sun flares in years. The most recent one happened around Valentine’s Day, 2011. It caused radio and satellite signals to go down in some northern cities in China.‎ ‎“Solar flare activity is going to be much worse than what we’ve seen in the past. We’re not talking about a few cities losing power, it could be half of the country, maybe more.” SolarStormWarning.com, a US website about space weather, warned.‎ Scientists say that little can be done to predict such a storm. Governments around the world are trying to work together before the next storm, although they are not sure when that may happen. ‎ 根据短文内容，选择最佳选项，并在答题卡上将选定的答案字母标号涂黑。‎ ‎1.According to the passage, a solar storm can cause many problems EXCEPT that ‎ .‎ A. earthquakes happen B. mobile phones have no signals C. people cannot get online D. the power may go out ‎2.According to the passage, so lar flares are .‎ A. telecom networks B. solar storms C. large explosions near the sun D. US websites ‎3.From the passage, the right order of the following is .‎ a.solar flares give off lots of energy b.people can’t get online with their computers c.solar storms happen d.satellite systems are stopped A. a-b-c-d B. a-c-d-b C. c-a-b-d D. c-b-a-d ‎4.The writer wrote the passage mainly to .‎ A. call for scientists to predict when the next solar storm will happen B. tell people how to solve the problems caused by solar storms C. introduce what solar storms are to people D. ask people to work to prevent the solar storm from happening ‎5.In Paragraph 1, the underlined word “signa l” means .‎ A. 电池 B. 标志 C. 力量 D. 信号 ‎（七十一）广西北部湾经济开发区 根据文章内容，请选择最佳选项，并在答题卡上将选定答案的字母标号涂黑。‎ ‎1.When will the English talk be held?‎ A. On March 1. B. On March 7. C. On March 11. D. On March 12.‎ ‎2.How will the students go to West Hill?‎ A. By bus B. By ship C. By bike D. By train ‎3.Where was the jacket found?‎ A. In the school hall. B. At the school gate.‎ C. On the playground. D. In Room 201, Building 3.‎ ‎4.Who found the jacket?‎ A. Professor Li Ping. B. Chen Dong.‎ C. A student of the Union. D. A student of the Club.‎ ‎5.What do we know about the three notices?‎ A. All students have to attend the English talk.‎ B. Eglish Club organizes the tree planting activity.‎ C. Apair of sports shoes was found on the school bus.‎ D. Chen Dong is a students in Class 3, Grade 8. ‎ ‎（七十二）广西北部湾经济开发区 Once there was a famine（饥荒）.A rich cook sent for twenty of the poorest children in the town and said to them, “In this basket there is a piece of bread for each of you.Take it and come back to me every day at this hour for more.”‎ In a hurry the hungry children got together around the basket,and fought over the bread because each wanted the largest piece.At last they went away without even thanking the good cook. Mary, a poorly-dressed girl, did not fight with the other children,but stood quietly in distance.When the badly-behaved children had left,Mary took the smallest piece,which was all left in the basket.She kissed the cook’s hand and went home.‎ The next day the children were as badly-behaved as before. Mary got a piece of bread almost half the size of the one she got the first day.When she came home,her mother cut the bread open. Many new, shining pieces of silver fell out of it.‎ Her mother was very worried ,and said, “Take the money back to the cook at once.The silver must have fallen into the dough（面团）by accident. Hurry up, Mary” When the little girl gave the rich man her mother ’s message, he said, “It was no mistake.I had the silver pieces put into the smallest bread for you as a prize. Always be as satisfied, peaceable and thankful as you now are. Go home now, and tell your mother that the money is yours.”‎ 根据短文内容，选择最佳选项，并在答题卡上将选定答案的字母标号涂黑。‎ ‎1.What did Mary do while the others fought over the bread?‎ A. She stood quietly in distance.‎ B. She fought over the bread.‎ C. She went home.‎ D. She sent for her mother.‎ ‎2.How did the girl express her thanks to the cook?‎ A. She left quietly without a word.‎ B. She kissed the cook’s hand.‎ C. She gave money to the cook.‎ D. She behaved as badly as the other children.‎ ‎3.Why did the cook put the silver pieces into the bread?‎ A. Because he wanted to give them to the poorest child. B. Because Mary’s mother was very worried.‎ C. Because he wanted to give them to Mary as a prize. D. Because Mary’s family was poor.‎ ‎4.What do you think of Mary’s mother?‎ A. She was very rich. B. She was peaceable.‎ C. She was foolish. D. She was very honest.‎ ‎5.What is the passage mainly about?‎ A. Some pieces of bread B. Some pieces of silver C. A good girl D. A rich cook.‎ ‎（七十三）湖北省荆州市 In 1997,12-year-old American girl Caitlin and 14-year-old Zimbabwean (津巴布韦人) Martin became pen friends through their schools. They didn’t realize at that time how their handwritten letters would change their lives.‎ It all began as a school task. Everyone in Caitlin’s class was supposed to choose a pen friend from another country. All the other kids picked countries like France or Germany, but Caitlin chose Zimbabwe because the name sounded exotic(异国的) and cool.‎ Martin lived with his family in one of Zimbabwe’s worst slums(贫民窟) where they shared one room with another family. And a bed was their only piece of furniture.‎ When Caitlin’s first letters reached Martin, they were simple and general. The two kids wrote about their favorite music and what they liked to do. But as Martin gradually revealed more about his life and his letters started arriving written on pieces of trash, Caitlin realized what the living conditions were like for Martin. Without telling her parents, she began sending money with her letters—$ 20 at a time. While the money was not much to Caitlin, it meant more food for Martin’s family and enabled him to pay his school fees.‎ It lasted six years from their first exchange of letters to Martin’s arrival in the United States. With the help of the money from Caitlin’s parents later on, Martin finished his university and got his MBA from Duke University.‎ Today, Caitlin and Martin aren’t only best friends, but they also share their story in a book called I Will Always Write Back. They want to encourage readers to look beyond their own lives and do something kind for others, which might greatly influence their lives.‎ ‎1. is from Zimbabwe?‎ A. Duke B. Caitlin C. Martin D. Frank ‎2.What does the underlined word “revealed” mean in Chinese?‎ A. 索要 B. 透露 C. 回顾 D. 检索 ‎3.Which is the correct order of the following events?‎ ‎ a. They shared their story in a book.‎ ‎ b. Caitlin’s first letters reached Martin.‎ ‎ c. Caitlin chose a pen friend from Zimbabwe.‎ ‎ d. Martin got his MBA from Duke University.‎ A. a-b-c-d B. a-b-d-c C. c-b-d-a D. c-d-b-a ‎4.According to the passage, which of the following is not TRUE?‎ A. Caitlin chose Zimbabwe because the name sounded exotic and cool.‎ B. Martin lived a very hard life in one of the worst slums in Zimbabwe.‎ C. Martin’s family could get more food with Caitlin’s money in the letters.‎ D. They had kept writing to each other for five years before Martin arrived in the US.‎ ‎5.Which would be the best title for this passage?‎ A. The Two Pen Friends B. The Power of Writing C. The Special School Task D. The Money in Letters ‎（七十四）湖北省荆州市 We can help you plan your holiday!‎ Welcome to Sunset Island Tourist Information Center.‎ ‎ 25 Green Street,‎ ‎ Port Ceorge,‎ ‎ Sunset Island Open every day except Sunday.‎ ‎ 09 :00-17 :00‎ We can help you find a hotel, choose somewhere interesting to eat and plan your day. Please take a free map of the island for more,‎ Boat trips around Lighthouse Island!‎ Two-hour trip leaves each day at 09:00.‎ Lunch included.‎ Swim in the beautiful water off Lighthouse Island!‎ Exciting nightlife!‎ The clubs of Port Ceorge are open every night until 04: 00-the latest music every night!‎ Two free drinks if you arrive before midnight.‎ Make friends with our wildlife!‎ At Rosetown Reserve, you’ll find wildlife that only lives on Sunset Island-get close to wild horses, deer and parrots. Easy walks and a great teahouse !‎ ‎1.To get more tourist information, you can go to 25 Green Street .‎ A. at 10:00 on Sunday B. every day at 10:00‎ C. every might until 04:00 D. at 14:00 on Friday ‎2.Where can tourists see wild horses, deer and parrots?‎ A. On Lighthouse Island. B. At Rosetown Reserve.‎ C. At Tourist Information Center. D. In the clubs of Port George.‎ ‎3.How will a tourist enjoy the two-hour trip around Lighthouse Island?‎ A. By bicycle. B. On foot. C. By boat. D. By minibus.‎ ‎4.Which of the following is TRUE according to the reading material?‎ A. You can enjoy a cup of tea at Rosetown Reserve.‎ B. You can get some special gifts at Sunset Tourist Information Centre.‎ C. You can enjoy the latest music at 5 a. m. in the club of Port George.‎ D. You can get a free dinner during the two-hour trip around Lighthouse Island.‎ ‎5.Where can you most probably see the reading material?‎ A. In a novel. B. In a fairy tale. C. In a travel guide. D. In an art magazine.‎ ‎（七十五）湖北省荆州市 When it comes to shopping for clothes, my mother and I have always disagreed on what fits me well. To me, if it zips, it fits. My mom, however, usually tells me I need a bigger size.‎ When I was a teenager, I wanted to dress like my friends, but my body size made it impossible. When mom told me something didn’t suit me, or I needed a bigger size, all I heard was that my body was wrong.‎ To avoid arguments, we stopped going shopping together. This continued until I got engaged(订婚) last year and needed to buy some clothes. When I tried on a blouse, my mother looked at me, and I knew what was coming. “You need a bigger size,” she said.‎ There was no bigger size. I tried to hold back my tears(眼泪). Maybe I could buy it alone, of course, but my mom is my favorite person to hang out with. The idea of looking for a wedding dress without her seemed just as scary as taking her with me.‎ And so the day came. As I tried on a simple white dress, I saw tears in my mom’s eyes. “You look beautiful!” she told me. Nothing could have shocked me more.‎ This one didn’t zip up at the back and I did actually need a bigger size, but my mother didn’t say that. She just told me how beautiful I looked. In that moment, all the arguments in the past ended. We didn’t buy a dress that day. We decided to see more.‎ A few weeks later, we found the perfect dress. We both loved it as soon as I put it on.‎ And during those few weeks, mom and I also found the perfect fit for our shopping relationship.‎ ‎1.What does the writer want to show in the first two paragraphs?‎ A. She likes the clothes with zippers while her mother doesn’t agree with her.‎ B. In mom’s opinion, her body is wrong and she is too fat to wear what she likes.‎ C. She really wants to dress like her friends, but her mom doesn’t allow her to do so.‎ D. She and mom always disagree on what clothes fit her because of wrong understanding.‎ ‎2.Haw did the writer probably feel after she tried on the simple white dress?‎ A. Funny and surprised. B. Shocked and sorry.‎ C. Proud and moved. D. Excited and scary.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined sentence in Paragraph 4 mainly mean?‎ A. I couldn’t shop for a wedding dress myself because my mom disagreed.‎ B. I felt kind of scary when I went shopping with my mother for a wedding dress.‎ C. I felt like shopping for a wedding dress with mom though she thought it was scary.‎ D. I wanted to shop for a wedding dress alone but I couldn’t stand shopping without mom.‎ ‎4.Which is the besl word to describe the perfect fit for their shopping relationship?‎ A. Missing. B. Embarrassing, C. Understanding. D. Encouraging.‎ ‎5.What’s the main idea of the text?‎ A. Praising makes the perfect fit for their shopping relationship.‎ B. Tears sure the best way to end arguments between family members.‎ C. Love is everything in good communication between family members.‎ D. Better communication requires not only love but also a more suitable way.‎ ‎（七十六）内蒙古通辽市 A lot of people drink bottled water in the world. A water bottle offers great convenience. It can be bought almost anywhere, carried around for a while, and then thrown away.‎ The influence of bottled water on the environment, however, is very big. About 2.7 million tons of plastic is turned into bottles which are only used once each year. This requires a lot of oil and water. It also produces greenhouse gases. Bottled water is often carried for long distances to reach people who buy it. This uses even more fossil fuels(化石燃料) and creates more pollution. Although the bottles can be recycled, only small parts of them are. The United States only recycles about 23 percent. The rest are part of a growing waste problem.‎ Convenience isn't the only reason for bottled water to become popular. Many people believe that it must be cleaner and healthier than tap water from public water systems. But this is not true. In developed countries such as the United States and some countries in Europe, laws about safe water are often stricter for tap water than for bottled water.‎ It may come as a surprise that nearly 40 percent of the water bottled in the United States starts from tap water. Before bottling, some companies filter(过滤)it, and they might add some things for taste. What's more,‎ ‎ bottled water can cost from 240 to 10, 000 times more than tap water.‎ ‎“Back to the tap" activities start around the world, In order to save money, use fewer resources, and create less waste, they support using tap water and reusable bottles rather than bottled water. San Francisco and other cities across the United States no longer allow their government departments to buy Many bottled water companies are trying to improve, too. They have reduced the use of plastic in their bottles.‎ ‎1.What's the second paragraph mainly about?‎ A. The difficulty of transporting the bottles B. The advantages of bottled water C. The ways to produce bottled water D. The problem caused by bottled water ‎2.Why is bottled water popular?‎ A. Because people think it is the water from nature B. Because people think it is convenient and safe C. Because people think it is cheaper than tap water D. Because people think it can prevent illnesses ‎3.The underlined word "them" in paragraph 2 means “________”.‎ A. fossil fuels B. the bottles C. water systems D. greenhouse gases ‎4.Which of the following is one of the "Back to the tap" activities?‎ A. Forbid producing the bottled water B. Support using tap water and reusable bottles C. Use many resources and create much waste D. Use many resources and create little waste ‎5.What's the best title for the passage?‎ A. “ Back to the tap" activities B. Bottled water or tap water?‎ C. Let's drink healthy water. D. The water in the USA ‎（七十七）内蒙古通辽市 ‎ Name Personal information Norman ‎★Born in 1890 in Canada ‎★A doctor Bethune ‎★Died in 1939 in China ‎★Came to China in 1938‎ Celine Dion ‎★Born in Montreal, Canada ‎★A singing star ‎★In 1997, sang My Heart Will Go on for the film Titanic Tu Youyou ‎★Born in 1930 in the USA ‎★A Chinese medical scientist ‎★Won the 2015 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine Bill Gates ‎★Born in 1955 in the USA ‎★Owns Microsoft Company ‎★Wrote Business @the Speed of Thought Hemingway ‎★Born in 1899 in the USA ‎★Died in 1961‎ ‎★A writer ‎★Wrote The Old Man and the Sea 根据表格内容选择最佳选项。‎ ‎1.__________ is from Canada.‎ A. Celine Dion B. Bill Gates C. Hemingway D. Tu Youyou ‎2.The ______ was born in 1899.‎ A. scientist B. writer C. singer D. doctor ‎3.My Heart Will Go on is the name of a __________.‎ A. story B. book C. song D. film ‎4.Dr. Bethune worked in China for about ______ years.‎ A. 5 B. 4 C. 3 D. 2‎ ‎5.Which of the following is TRUE?______________‎ A. Bill Gates was born in 1955‎ B. Celine Dion is a scientist C. Hemingway wrote Business @the Speed o Thought D. Norman Bethune died at the age of fifty-nine ‎（七十八）内蒙古通辽市 Nowadays, with the development of the Internet, emoji(表情符号)are more and more popular among netizens(网民). Some people even feel difficult to talk online without using emoji. Emoji help netizens to communicate with each other easily and vividly(生动地). Yet, not all emoji are properly used on social media.‎ ‎ So we are going to introduce some common but confusing(令人困惑的)emoji to help you have a better understanding of these small signs.‎ ‎1. A recent survey shows, over 53% people use the emoji when they are chatting online. Some people think it means “I’m shy,” but others only use it when they are surprised or shocked. But what does it really mean? It is still an unsolved question.‎ ‎2. What do you think of this sign? Believe it or not, 80% of netizens use it under the meaning of “It is not funny at all, but I have to smile.” Is it right? Of course not! It actually means that “I saw what you did(usually bad things) and I want to give you a sinister(奸诈的)smile.”‎ ‎3. People have very different opinions on this emoji. The Apple company has told that this emoji means “high five(嗨，击掌).” But most people still use the incorrect meaning—“pray”. Some netizens even thought, “If you see this emoji as two people give each other a high five, you must be a bad guy.”‎ ‎4. According to the official guidelines(官方指南), it is used as “smile through tears(破涕为笑).” However, most young netizens consider this emoji as “Laugh to tears” or simply “LOL”, which means “Laugh out loud”.‎ ‎ You see, emoji are also a kind of language. And different people have different understanding of them.‎ ‎1.After reading the passage, we still can’t understand the emoji ______ well.‎ A. B. C. D. ‎ ‎2.You are playing with your mobile phone while you are doing your homework, your brother sends you this sign , what does he mean?/‎ A. Send this emoji back to your father B. Stop doing your homework C. Put away your mobile phone and do your homework D. Go on playing with your mobile phone ‎3.When your friend tells you online that he won the first prize in the writing competition, which emoji will you send him?‎ A. B. C. D. ‎ ‎4.The fourth sign means “________”.‎ A. laugh out loud B. cry out loud C. laugh to tears D. smile through tears ‎5.Why does the writer introduce these four emoji?‎ A. To help netizens use them properly B. To help netizens use them easily C. Because they are more important D. Because they are not so common ‎（七十九）青海省西宁市 Nowadays, phone calls and messages help us get in touch with others. It means that we seldom write letters now. But a TV show, Letters Alive (《见字如面》), is bringing back this old habit.‎ Letters Alive invites famous actors and actresses, but there are no funny jokes or competitions. It's just one person walking up to a microphone and reading a letter. The letters were written by people from different times in history. For example, in one period, they read a letter written by famous writer Xiao Hong to her younger brother in 1941. The letter shows that Xiao Hong missed her brother so much and had great hopes for his future.‎ ‎"Every letter opens another world for us," according to Guan Zhangwen, the director of the TV show. "We can also touch the heart of the writers'." Since its first period on Dec. 5, Letters Alive has been widely praised. Many audiences (观众) said that it had provided a breath of fresh air to today's TV shows.‎ Besides Letters Alive, some other cultural TV shows have also been well received by Chinese audiences. Chinese Poetry Conference is a traditional Chinese poetry competition. And Readers invites people to read poems and articles they like or wrote. It suggests that cultural values and true feelings are becoming our interest.‎ ‎1.Letters Alive, a TV show, invites famous people to _________.‎ A. tell audiences jokes B. read and share letters C. walk up to a microphone to sing D. take part in different competitions ‎2.According to the passage, which sentence is RIGHT?‎ A. Xiao Hong missed her brother but had no hopes for his future.‎ B. The heart of the writers' can be touched by reading letters.‎ C. Letters Alive is not popular enough to audiences.‎ D. Chinese Poetry Conference invites people to read poems.‎ ‎3.How many cultural TV shows are there in the passage?‎ A. Or.‎ B. Two.‎ C. Three.‎ D. Four.‎ ‎4.Chinese audiences _________ these cultural TV shows.‎ A. like B. dislike C. show no interest in D. doubt about ‎5.Which is the best title for the passage?‎ A. Phones Have Taken the Place of Letters B. Welcome to Our Cultural TV Shows C. Letters Make Us Communicate D. Cultural TV Shows Are Becoming Popular ‎（八十）青海省西宁市 You may know the English letters A, B and C. But do you know there are people called ABCs? You may like eating bananas. But do you know there are such people with the name of "banana persons"? Are these people from "another planet (星球)"? No. They are just Chinese people like you and me.‎ ABC means American-born-Chinese. An ABC is a Chinese, but was born in the United States. Sometimes, people call an ABC a "banana person". A banana is yellow outside and white inside. So, a "banana person" is white inside -- thinking like a westerner and yellow outside -- looking like a Chinese.‎ Do you know why? Usually, ABCs know little about China or Chinese language. Most of them don't speak Chinese. Also, they are not interested in Chinese politics (政治). But if ABCs can't speak Chinese. can we still call them Chinese people? Yes, of course. They are Chinese. They are overseas (海外的) Chinese. These people ‎ may be citizens (公民) of other countries like the US, Canada or Singapore. But they have Chinese blood. Their parents, grandparents or even great-grandparents were from China. They all have black eyes and black hair. But they are not Chinese citizens. They are not people of China. For example, we all know the famous scientist C.N. Yang (杨振宁). He got the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1957. Chinese people love him. But he is an American citizen.‎ ‎1."ABC" in this passage means "_________".‎ A. a kind of banana B. three English letters C. American-born-Chinese D. Chinese-born-America ‎2.Chinese born in western countries are called "banana persons" because _________.‎ A. their bodies are white inside but yellow outside B. they think like westerners but look like Chinese C. they were born in China but go to study in America D. they were born in America but work in China ‎3.The underlined word "blood" may probably mean _________ in the passage.‎ A. 血统 B. 洪水 C. 血样 D. 流血 ‎4.C. N. Yang is mentioned here to show that __________.‎ A. American Chinese are great B. Chinese people can win Nobel Prize C. American Chinese aren't Chinese citizens D. we don't like him ‎5.This passage mainly talks about _________.‎ A. Chinese B. the Nobel Prize C. the story of C. N. Yang D. the meaning of "ABC"‎ ‎【答案】‎ ‎（八十一）湖北省黄石市 The first Chinese actor captured (征服) the hearts of many Chinese in the USA. He read a letter by Zhuge Liang(181~ 234) to the emperor of Shuhan during the Three Kingdoms(220~280) period in the new season of Growling Tiger and Roaring Dragon(《虎啸龙吟》)‎ The letter has been read by so many students. We would never have thought that the text written in old Chinese could be so beautifully read in another language. As a result, foreigners begin to show interest in Rommance of the Three Kingdoms, translated bt C.H. Brewitt-Tailor and Robert E. Hegel. ‎ Earlier in November 1979, pupils in England were able to watch a new TV program called Monkey. Most of them were hearing the story for the first time. However, the story of the Mokey King isn’t new to Chinese Children in the traditional Chinese book Journey to the West. ‎ As soon as the TV programme came out more than 30 years ago, western children became interested in reading this story because the clever Monkey King keeps fighting to help the weak and never gives up. ‎ Chinese scholars(学者) should do a better job of introducing Chinese literature(文学) to the rest of the world. At the same time, we could encourage western schools to try something different. ‎ Reading international literature is an effective way of understanding other people in the world. And the more we understand each other, the more beautiful the world will be.‎ ‎1.The letter by Zhuge Liang (181~234) to the emperor of Shuhan(20~280) was read so beautifully in another language ________.‎ A. in China B. in Canada C. in the USA D. in England ‎2.______most of the pupils in England were hearing the story of Monkey King in November,1979.‎ A. For the first time B. For the second time C. Again and again D. For several times ‎3.The underlined word “effective” might mean________.‎ A. 有意义的 B. 有效果的 C. 有理想的 D. 有情怀的 ‎4.According to the passgae, which of the following is NOT true?‎ A. Western children are interested in reading Journey to the West.‎ B. Reading international literature can help understand people in the world.‎ C. The Monkey King never give up in order to help the weak.‎ D. Chinese scholars have done best in introducing Chinese literature to the world.‎ ‎5.The best title for the passage may be ________.‎ A. How to read world literature B. Rommance of the Three Kingdoms, a traditional Chinese book C. The traditional Chinese literature goes to the world.‎ D. More and more foreigners read traditional Chinese books ‎（八十二）湖北省黄石市 With the development of modern technology, robots are going into many fields of human beings. They can be instructed to carry different tasks and finish them well. ‎ Robot Alexander Robot Joanna ‎ 2.32m with a handsome face, designed in China. Price: $9,900 per robot. He helps build cars and does simple jobs over and over again. Fewer people will do such boring jobs, but Alexander will never get bored.‎ ‎ A middle-aged lady who is 1.67m. designed in India. Price: $10,100 per robot. Joanna is easy-going and acts like a lovely housewife. She does a lot of housework, such as cooking, washing and keeping the house clean and tidy.‎ Robot Susan Robot Charles Only 1.10m, a pretty girl coming from France. She can sing many songs and dance to music. If you’re tired from study and work, Susan will tell you funny stories and keep you laughing a lot. Price:$ 13,700 per robot. ‎ A snake-shaped robot, designed in Australia, less than 1 meter long. Price: $9,760 per robot. If building fall down with people inside, Robot Charles can help look for people under the ruins(废墟).‎ ‎1.Robot Joanna, a lovely and easy-going housewife is _______.‎ A. only 1.10 meter tall B. 2.32 meters tall C. less than one meter long D. 1.67 meters tall ‎2.Why will fewer people do simple jobs again and again in the coming years? ‎ Because _______.‎ A. people would like to do them if they get more paid B. modern technology makes people smart C. robots like Alexander will do such boring jobs D. there are many jobs for people to choose from ‎3.What can Susan do to help you relaxed after a whole day’s work?‎ A. Paly with snakes. B. Tell you a funny story.‎ C. Cook delicious dishes. D. Design a toy car.‎ ‎4.If an earthquake happens,_______ will help look for people under the fallen buildings.‎ A. Robot Alexander B. Robot Joanna C. Robot Susan D. Robot Charles ‎5.Where can you read the above information about robots?‎ A. In a science newspaper. B. In a story book.‎ C. In a geography book. D. In a tour guide.‎ ‎（八十三）湖北省黄石市 Tony never eats fish. This is not because he is allergic(过敏) to fish as food. He simply does not like the taste of it. You may not think this quite surprising, until I tell you that he has been a fisherman of one kind or another for most of his life. ‎ At first, fishing was just a hobby. He used to sit on the river bank with his fishing rod(鱼竿) in his hand, waiting to feel the pull on the line. It meant a fish was trying to get the food from the hook(鱼钩). He wound(收回) the line as soon as possible and took the hook from the fish’s mouth, recorded its size in a notebook, then threw it back into the water.‎ Later, he used to go to sea on his friend’s fishing boat. Instead of throwing back the fish they caught, his ‎ friend took them home, where his wife cooked them or put them in the fridge for future meals.‎ Finally, Tony took a job on a large fishing boat. In their huge nets, they caught many fish at a time. Every time Tony found some small fish in the nets, he would say to himself: “How poor you are!” Again, Tony threw the small fish back into the sea.‎ ‎1.Why does Tony never eat fish? Because __________.‎ A. he has been a fisherman for most of his life B. he doesn’t like the taste of fish C. he does not eat fish or meat D. he would have a stomachache after having fish ‎2.He used to sit by the river, _________.‎ A. waiting for the fish to eat the food from the hook B. listening to soft music and waiting for his friend C. waiting for his friend to talk about their dreams D. sitting around and doing nothing ‎3.What did Tony do after he got fish from the river?‎ A. He brought it back home and cooked it.‎ B. He sent it to his friend’s home.‎ C. He took a photo of the fish and posted it onlines.‎ D. He threw it back into the river.‎ ‎4.Tony’s friend took the fish home and _______.‎ A. he could enjoy the harevsest with Tony B. he wrote down the size of the fish in a notebook C. he cooked and shared them with Tony together D. his wife cooked them or prepared them for future meals ‎5.From the passage, we know that _________.‎ A. Tony never changed his job B. Tony didn’t get along well with his friend C. Tony is a kind of fisherman D. Tony caught few fish at a time ‎（八十四）山东省东营市 A long vacation is coming after the exam. What’s your plan? Studying? Relaxing? Or doing volunteer work? Here are two ads. Maybe they are useful for you. ‎ ‎1.Lucy has $3100. After paying for the study tour, which two optional activities can she choose?‎ A. To visit Disneyland and go to Akon’s concert B. To visit Universal Studios Hollywood and go to Akon’s concert C. To visit Disneyland and watch American High School Basketball Tournament D. To visit Universal Studios Hollywood and watch American High School Basketball Tournament ‎2.Which of the following volunteer work lasts(持续) the longest ?‎ A. Helpers to raise books B. Transportation assistants C. Cleaners at the park D. Library assistants ‎3.Andy is 8 and his sister Mary is 15, and they want to do the same volunteer work at the same time. Which one can they choose?‎ A. Cleaners at the park. B. Environmental guards.‎ C. Helpers at the old people’s home. D. Guides at the hospital.‎ ‎4.Tom wants to practice his English and he is free from July 15th to August 7th. Which two activities can he choose?‎ A. American Study tour, to be a judge for the English speech B. To be a library assistant, to be an interpreter for Agricultural Products Exhibition C. American Study tour, to be an interpreter for Agricultural Products Exhibition D. To be a judge for the English speech , to be a guide at the hospital.‎ ‎5.Which is NOT TRUE about the American Study Tour?‎ A. You can study with American children B. Your host family may take you to some places around the city C. If you like, you can watch American High School Basketball Tournament.‎ D. You have a chance to visit Akon ‎（八十五）山东省东营市 ‎“You have saved my horse,” Queen Olivia told the young boy standing before her. “Now you shall get a gift for what you did.” Peter nervously ran his fingers through his brown hair. That day when he was working in the field, the shocked horse ran past him. Without thinking, he rushed out and controlled it. He didn’t know it was the Queen’s horse and never expected to get a gift. But he still felt happy for getting one. ‎ Two of the queen’s men appeared. One carried a mirror. Red jewels(珠宝) shone on top of the mirror’s ‎ silver frame(框架). The other carried a wooden cage with a chicken inside it.‎ ‎ “Only one gift can be yours,” the queen said. “Choose wisely.” “That’s easy,” Peter said. “I’ll take the chicken.” Some of the queen’s men laughed. It was clear that they thought he had made a foolish choice. ‎ ‎ “And why did you choose the chicken?” the queen asked. “Well, I don’t know much about jewels,” Peter answered. “But I do know about chickens. The chicken will provide eggs for my family for a long while.”‎ Queen Olivia smiled. “Then you did make a wise choice,” she said. “That mirror may look beautiful. But the jewels you see are only colored glass, and the frame is painted silver. The chicken is much more valuable.” Peter took the chicken and bowed. “Thank you, your majesty.”‎ ‎ “You are a smart child,” the queen added. “I could use a smart boy to help take care of my horses. Would you like to take the job?” Peter smiled. “Thank you very much!” he said excitedly. A job at the castle paid well. Now his family wouldn’t worry about their food any more--all because he was kind to help others and smart enough to make the right choice!‎ ‎1.The Queen gave Peter a gift because .‎ A. he saved her horse B. he was smart C. she liked him D. he was poor ‎2.Peter decided to choose the .‎ A. jewels B. mirror C. chicken D. silver frame ‎3.From Para.3-5, we can know that .‎ A. it was difficult for Peter to make the choice B. all the men thought Peter’s decision was right C. Peter thought the chicken would be useful to his family D. Peter knew the jewels weren’t real before he made the choice ‎4.The right order of Peter’s story is .‎ a. Peter got a well-paid job.‎ b. Peter chose the gift wisely.‎ c. Peter could get a gift for what he did.‎ d. Peter would help his family have a better life.‎ A. d c b a B. c b a d C. c b d a D. c a d b ‎5.After reading the passage, we can infer(推断) that .‎ A. Peter only thought of himself B. Peter couldn’t take good care of the Queen’s horses C. chickens became the popular gifts in their country D. it was wise of Peter to choose something that he knew well ‎（八十六）山东省东营市 When you feel a sneeze（喷嚏）or cough coming on, covering your mouth prevents the spread of germs(细菌). You probably knew that.‎ But how to cover your mouth is very important. You might use tissues(纸巾), and put your used tissues into the bin. “If you don’t have tissues, you should sneeze into your elbow, not your hand, even if you are used to doing that.” The doctors advised.‎ ‎“If somebody sneezes into his hands, those germs will be passed on to other people, or other objects that people touch.” said Dr. Hill.‎ Germs are most commonly spread by sneezing and coughing. When they land on your hands, they are passed from hands to things like bills, door knobs(扶手), elevator buttons（电梯按钮） and other surfaces. At the same time, the people around you can touch them. ‎ This isn’t nagging（唠叨）. The Centers for Disease Control also suggest that sneezing and coughing into your elbow is necessary. Even the New York City subway officers ask the passengers to “cough or sneeze into elbow or use a tissue.” ‎ ‎“The suggestion was taken seriously about 10 years ago. However, most people didn’t pay much attention to it. That means the adults may have missed the advice. But children are often taught in school the right way to cough or sneeze.” Dr. Benjamin said.‎ To be clear, people can’t keep away from all the risks in this way, but it’s the best choice. At the same time, we’d better wear masks（口罩） and often wash our hands. “Hand washing is one of the most important things people can do to keep healthy.” Dr. Hill said.‎ ‎1.According to this passage, when sneezing or coughing, you’d better NOT .‎ A. sneeze into your elbow B. cover your mouth with tissues C. use your hand to cover mouth D. put the used tissues in the bin ‎2.If you sneeze or cough into hands, germs can spread through the following activities EXEPT .‎ A. ‎ B. ‎ C. ‎ D. ‎ ‎3.Which is NOT true according to the passage?‎ A. The New York City subway officers ask passengers to use a tissue.‎ B. The adult may be used to sneezing into their elbow.‎ C. The children are often taught in school the right way to cough or sneeze.‎ D. Wearing masks is a good way to keep away from germs.‎ ‎4.What’s the main purpose of this article? .‎ A. To tell us the correct way to cover mouth when sneezing or coughing.‎ B. To tell us how to prevent the spread of germs.‎ C. To tell us it’s necessary to sneeze or cough into elbow.‎ D. To tell us how to keep away from all risks.‎ ‎5.In which layout(版面) of the newspaper can we find this kind of passage? .‎ A. Health B. Sports C. Business D. Education ‎（八十七）山东省东营市 You may have heard of people who are allergic（过敏）to seafood, smoke or pets. But did you know that some people were allergic to Wi-Fi signals(信号)?‎ Rose White, a 44-year-old woman from Britain, first found herself being allergic to Wi-Fi signals in ‎ 2015.She had a cough, heart trouble and great pains in her head when she stayed at the places covered with Wi-Fi signals. ‎ Rose has tried many ways to keep away from Wi-Fi signals. In the past six months, she either slept in her car or in tent which she had put up in the woodland and in the fields. She even tried sleeping in a shed(棚子). Being completely tired, Rose had no choice but to quit her job and moved 370 kilometers away from her home to avoid Wi-Fi signals, but failed. Because of the hard life, she got a stomach problem. ‎ She is now living in a small house in the rural(乡下的) area in England. There are far fewer Wi-Fi signals. However, the house, which belongs to her friend, will be sold to others, so she has to move again soon.‎ Rose is planning to move to a more rural area. She is also planning to buy a camper van(野营车) so that she can drive away from Wi-Fi signals whenever she is feeling uncomfortable. As she can not work to make money, she has to raise money online. She is hoping to raise 15,000 pounds. So far, she has raised over 1,600 pounds. She still has a long way to go.‎ ‎1.Which is not Rose’s allergic symptom(症状)?‎ A. Cough B. Heart trouble C. Headache D. Stomachache.‎ ‎2.What did Rose do to keep away from Wi-Fi signals?‎ A. She slept in tent in the woodland.‎ B. She bought a small house in the countryside.‎ C. She moved to a more rural area.‎ D. She bought a camper van.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word “quit” in paragraph 3 mean?‎ A. leave B. begin C. change D. continue ‎4.Why does she have to move again soon?‎ A. Because the place she lives in is near the Wi-Fi signals.‎ B. Because her friend decided to sell the house.‎ C. Because she wants to move to a new place.‎ D. Because she tries to find a job in the more rural area.‎ ‎5.What does the sentence “She still has a long way to go.” in the last paragraph refer to(指的是)?‎ A. She will live long.‎ B. It’s not easy for her to raise enough money.‎ C. There will be a lot of difficulties for her to deal with.‎ D. It’s difficult for her to find a place without Wi-Fi signals.‎ ‎（八十八）江苏省无锡市 From Asia to America and everywhere in between, Swing-an energetic form of dance that includes six-step and eight-step rhythms(节奏) - has taken the world by storm. Making a recent comeback, swing dance floors have popped up all over the world. Many clubs make fans of Swing happy by holding nights when swing music is played, and sometimes even offering classes to attract customers.‎ Though Swing is now popular worldwide, it first appeared alongside the jazz movements of the 1920s and 1930s in New York City. While listening to jazz, the young black people of that time developed the movements of the Lindy Hop - a style of dance that is best known for a break away or ‘swing out’ move and sudden improvisation(即兴表演).‎ It was reportedly given this name when a reporter was interviewing a person at the dance hall who was watching other couples dance. When asked what that dance was called, the watcher looked at a newspaper next to him that had an article about Lindbergh- the first person to fly alone across the Atlantic(大西洋)-which was titled, ‘Lindy Hops the Atlantic’. Then the watcher announced that the ‘Lindy Hop’ was the name of the dance, and it has stuck since then.‎ In 1926, the Savoy Ballroom was the first large business to offer a place for people to listen to swing music and dance. With its huge dance floor, the Savoy became a big success overnight, attracting some of the best dancers and musicians in the New York area.‎ Within ten years, the Lindy Hops was sweeping through the United States and became a symbol of unity, as young people of all racial(种族的)backgrounds crowded into dance halls to swing the night away. Traditional dance teachers did not welcome it because they thought it was not even a real dance and were quite sure about its demise but Swing has proved them wrong; it continues to be one of the world’s most fun dances.‎ ‎1.The writing purpose of this passage is __________.‎ A. to introduce a popular form of dance B. to discover the fun secrets of a dance C. to tell stories about an energetic dance D. to describe the special moves of a dance ‎2.Which of the following words has the closest meaning to ‘demise’?‎ A. Challenge. B. Change. C. Development. D. Death.‎ ‎3.What can we learn about Swing?‎ A. It’s a lively dance with strict rules.‎ B. It has a close connection to a pilot.‎ C. It has a history of around 90 years.‎ D. It attracts mostly young black people.‎ ‎4.What can we infer(推断)from the passage?‎ A. The dance style will soon be accepted by traditional dance teachers.‎ B. The name was changed from ‘Lindy Hop’ to ‘Swing’ in the 1940s.‎ C. The movements of different Swing dancers always look the same.‎ D. The dance might have become unpopular sometime in its history.‎ ‎（八十九）江苏省无锡市 Please read the advertisement and the email. Then answer Questions 25-27.‎ SUNSHINE SPORTS CLUB CLASSES Swimming Tennis Thursday or Sunday Thursday or Saturday ‎2 p.m. or 7 p.m. 2 p.m. or 8 p.m.‎ Price of courses:‎ Daytime $40 per person Evenings $50 per person Cancel New Message Send To: shirley@gmail.com Cc/Bcc, From: tony@ gmail.com Subject: Sports courses Hi dear,‎ Could you book a sports course for the three of us-us two and Bobby? Cindy is too little for that. Let’s have tennis lessons- we can do swimming in the summer. The weekend isn’t good for me-it has to be Thursday. Also, Bobby’s music lesson is at 2pm, so we have to do the later class. It costs more, but never mind.‎ Love, Tony ‎1.Who would like to book a sports course?‎ A. Shirley. B. Tony. C. Bobby. D. Cindy.‎ ‎2.Which lessons are they probably going to have?‎ A. Tennis (Thursday-8 p.m.). B. Tennis (Saturday-2 p.m.).‎ C. Swimming (Thursday-7 p.m.). D. Swimming (Sunday-2 p.m.).‎ ‎3.How much will they have to pay for the course?‎ A. $120. B. $150. C. $160. D. $200.‎ ‎（九十）江苏省无锡市 Sarah stood in front of the mirror(镜子). “It looks like a raincoat on me,” she said.‎ ‎“Perhaps the blue,” said Mama, gently.‎ ‎“Sure,” the shopkeeper said. But when she took the blue coat, there on the shelf behind all of the dark coats, hidden like a spring flower in winter darkness, there, as if by magic, was a pink coat.‎ ‎“A pink coat!” Sarah cried. “I want the pink coat.”‎ ‎“That coat is smaller than the other ones,” Papa said.‎ Sarah spoke up. “I’m small, too. Papa, please let me try it on, Mama? Please?”‎ ‎“It wouldn’t hurt to let her try it on,” Mama said.‎ Without a word, the shopkeeper took the coat from the shelf and held it for Sarah.‎ ‎“Ohhh!” Sarah said. The coat was smooth and shiny inside like her sister Sylvia’s blouses. “Ahhh!”‎ Sarah stood very straight and looked in the mirror. She looked for a very long time. In the pink coat she looked like a spring flower.‎ ‎“Sarah!” Mama said.‎ Sarah looked up. Mama was standing behind her. She was holding the brown coat.‎ ‎“I’m afraid the pink coat will only fit one year,” Mama said, taking a step closer.‎ ‎“And there’s no one to pass it on to,” said Papa.‎ And the shopkeeper said, “It’s wise to save money.”‎ Sarah backed away. No one was going to put her into a raincoat again. She wanted to be a flower.‎ ‎“Sarah!” It was Papa. He came over to her. “You’re old enough to know that you can’t always have your own way,” he said seriously.‎ ‎“Wise and true,” said the shopkeeper.‎ Sarah took off the pink coat, slowly.‎ ‎“It is her colour, though,” Mama said.‎ ‎“Ahh,” said the shopkeeper. “Anyone can see how the pink of the coat brings out the roses in her face.”‎ Papa looked thoughtful for a moment.‎ ‎“We are lucky.” continued Mama, “that it is only one little coat for Sarah and not also new coats for Sylvia and Susan and Sally.”‎ Papa looked from the brown coat to the pink coat. “The cows will give milk soon enough,” he said “And how can we let Sarah wear a brown coat when she looks like a flower in this one?”‎ ‎“Papa!” Sarah cried, putting on the pink coat back, quickly. She threw her arms around Papa’s neck. “ 33 ” she whispered.‎ ‎“Like a rose in spring,” Papa said.‎ ‎1.What did Sarah try on first?‎ A. A big pink coat. B. A small pink coat. C. A big brown coat. D. A small brown coat.‎ ‎2.Why did Mama want Sarah to try brown and blue?‎ A. Because Sarah looked better in them. B. Because Sarah could wear them longer.‎ C. Because they were big enough for Sarah. D. Because they cost less than the pink one.‎ ‎3.What did Sarah most probably say to Papa in the end?‎ A. How do I look? B. How does the coat look?‎ C. I do look like a flower, don’t I? D. The coat looks nice, doesn’t it?‎ ‎（九十一）江苏省无锡市 Mind Maps Mind maps are a great way of showing a picture of information that you need to learn. You can use mind maps for all kinds of learning. They work very well for vocabulary when you are learning a new language.‎ ‎1 Draw a circle in the middle of the page and write the vocabulary subject in the middle. For example: ‎ transport ‎2 Brainstorm some word groups for ‘transport’ and think of headings for each one. For example:‎ sea transport land transport air transport For each one, draw a short line from the centre circle outwards. Add another circle and write the new group word in the middle.‎ ‎3 Look at each group and try to add more groups. For example, in ‘land transport’ there are two sub-groups;‎ ‎●road ‎●rail Draw two more lines, add two more circles and write the two new headings inside them.‎ ‎4 When you can’t make any new groups, add a line for each word you know. Write the words along the lines or, if you have space, write them inside more circles.‎ ‎5 As you learn new vocabulary, add it to the mind map.‎ ‎6 To make the mind maps even better, use colour to show important ideas or parts of the map.‎ ‎1.The instructions above mainly show us __________.‎ A. what mind maps are B. how to draw mind maps C. what mind maps can do D. how to make mind maps better ‎2.What can we learn about mind maps?‎ A. Mind maps are usually started with a line.‎ B. Mind maps should be simple, with no colour.‎ C. A mind map is only used for language learning.‎ D. A mind map is a picture with useful information.‎ ‎3.Which of the following shows the right order of making a mind map?‎ a. Draw a circle in the middle of the page.‎ b. Add new circles and write the group words ‘sea’, ‘land’ and ‘air’ in them.‎ c. Write ‘transport’ in the middle of the circle.‎ d. Brainstorm some word groups for ‘transport’.‎ A. a-c-d-b. B. a-d-c-b C. d-a-c-b. D. d-a-b-c.‎ ‎（九十二）云南省 China covers large areas and has a great population. Different living habits have always been an interesting topic in the country. Recently, another difference between southern Chinese and northern Chinese became a hot one: the way people shop at markets.‎ People from southern China say that they always buy what they need for just one or two meals. It is normal for them to buy half of a Chinese cabbage, two potatoes and 0.25 kilograms of beef at a time.‎ However, one may be laughed at if he does this in the north. Instead, buying vegetables and meat enough for a week is usual. Also, you can buy a small amount (数量) of fruit, such as a single apple or pear, each time in the south. Shop owners even help you peel and cut them. But shop owners in the north hardly offer such service. And many fruits are sold in baskets and boxes. ‎ The difference could be due to the different weather.‎ Food can be kept for a long time in the north, as it is usually cold and dry there. Many northern Chinese have the habit of storing food, especially for the long winter. But the hot and wet weather in the south makes southern Chinese buy just enough food for one meal or one day, or else the food may go bad.‎ ‎1.In southern China, people usually buy _____ at a time.‎ A. a small amount of food B. a large amount of food C. enough food for a week D. a lot of meat and vegetables ‎2.If you buy fruits in the south, the shop owners may _______.‎ A. peel and cut them for you B. laugh at you C. only sell them in boxes and baskets D. only sell a single apple or pear ‎3.Many northern Chinese have the habit of keeping food because ________.‎ A. the weather is hot and wet B. food goes bad quickly C. the weather is cold and dry D. they live far away from markets ‎4.The underlined words "due to" mean "_________" in Chinese.‎ A. 所以 B. 但是 C. 然而 D. 因为 ‎5.Which is the best title for the passage?‎ A. Different Weather in China B. Different Living Habits in China C. Southern Chinese and Northern Chinese D. Southern China and Northern China ‎（九十三）云南省 Every school day, we use schoolbags to carry all of our things to school. They are a big part of our lives. But have you ever thought about the history of the schoolbag?‎ In the Han Dynasty (汉朝), students in old-style private schools used bamboo boxes to carry books to school. People consider the bamboo boxes to be the earliest schoolbags. They were usually two or three layers (层) in the box. Kids put different things like books, brushes, ink stones (砚) and paper in the boxes.‎ Hundreds of years later, people developed a new kind of schoolbag called the budai, or the "hip-pocket". The budai was lighter than the bamboo box. With the founding (成立) of the People's Republic of China, military rucksacks (军用帆布包) became popular. Many people carried them when they were in school. Ask your grandparents or parents about these bags. Maybe they can tell you about their experiences of carrying them when they were in school.‎ A new style of schoolbags has appeared in recent years. Many of them have colorful and fashionable designs (时尚的设计) on them, such as pictures of cartoons or pop stars. And they are more comfortable to use. Some students pull wheeled bags filled with heavy textbooks and others carry backpacks.‎ Schoolbags are still changing. Can you imagine what future schoolbags will be like?‎ ‎1.Schoolbags in the Han Dynasty were made of _______.‎ A. cloth B. paper C. plastic D. bamboo ‎2.Which is NOT true according to the passage?‎ A. Military rucksacks were popular in the 1950s.‎ B. The budai was heavier than the bamboo box.‎ C. There are some pictures on the new style of schoolbags.‎ D. Schoolbags have changed a lot.‎ ‎3.To carry heavy textbooks, students would like to use _______.‎ A. wheeled bags B. military rucksacks C. bamboo boxes D. the budai ‎4.We can usually read the article in ________.‎ A. a letter B. a guidebook C. a newspaper D. a notice ‎5.The purpose of the article is ______.‎ A. to tell us how to use schoolbags B. to explain why we use schoolbags C. to introduce the importance of schoolbags D. to introduce the development of schoolbags ‎（九十四）上海 Summer is a great time to improve your child’s reading!Reading over the summer can help your child keep up his reading gains during the past school year AND also help prepare him for the next year!‎ How to sign up:‎ We are inviting you to sign up for free to help your child be an active reader this summer!‎ Go to www. readfun org Select "Parent" ( NOT "Teacher" )‎ Click on the blue "Sign Up"‎ What we provide:‎ We provide you with thousands of free, high-quality articles with questions and activities. To make summer reading easy, we have selected interesting and knowledge-filled articles of different levels. You can go to www. Readfun.org/summer-reading to download and print the articles for free.‎ How to use:‎ TIP 1: Articles for summer reading should be accessible, so be sure to choose articles at your child’s reading level. Don’t be afraid to star with articles of lower grade levels. The important thing is that he reads, reads, reads!‎ TIP 2: It’s also important to help your kid develop good reading habits. Help him keep a good record of his summer reading. Besides, encourage him to discuss what he has read with family members. That way, you will all have a good time.‎ We wish you and your family a great summer!‎ ‎1.The first two sentences of the text above are about________.‎ A. different types of books B. the coming school year C. the importance of summer reading D. good places for summer reading ‎2.One of the steps for parents to sign up on www. readfun.org is to______.‎ A. select “Parent " B .finish a test C. choose a tip D. print an article ‎3.What does www. readfun.org provide?‎ A. Online teachers. B. Pen friends' information.‎ C. Interesting videos D. Articles of different levels ‎4.The underlined word "accessible" in the text means" easy to_____”.‎ A. write B. discuss C. understand D. compare ‎5.According to TIP 2, parents should help their kids develop ___ good reading habit(s).‎ A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4‎ ‎6.The text above is written to ____.‎ A. introduce a reading programme B. sell books to school kids C. encourage parents to read more D. share reading experience ‎（九十五）湖南省衡阳市 World famous physicist(物理学家) Stephen Hawking died peacefully at his home in Cambridge on March 14th, 2018. ‎ Hawking was born in Oxford, England on January 8th, 1942. He went to school in a small city near London. As he himself admitted, he wasn’t very serious about studying. He did very little work, he was never top of his class. However, he still achieved good marks. After leaving school, Hawking first went to Oxford University to study physics. Then he went to Cambridge University to study cosmology(宇宙学).‎ At the age of 21, Hawking noticed something wrong with him. He had a bad illness that stopped him from moving and talking. He couldn’t communicate except by blinking(眨眼). He sat on a wheelchair with a computer by his side. To communicate with others, he moved two fingers to control the computer’s mouse. He chose his words from the screen, which were then spoken by a voice synthesizer(音响合成器). “I’ve had the disease for most of my life,” Hawking once said, “Yet it has not stopped me from being successful at my work.”‎ Although Hawking was a disabled man, he made great achievements. He received many awards and prizes for his work, including the Albert Einstein Award—the highest achievement in physics.‎ Hawking worked at Cambridge University as a professor. His story shows that nobody, however bad their situation is, should lose hope. "Life is not fair." he once said, "You just have to do the best you can in your own situation."‎ ‎1.When did Stephen Hawking pass away?‎ A. On January 8th, 1942 B. On March 14th, 2018 C. On March 24th, 2018‎ ‎2.During studying in a small city near London, we know that .‎ A. Stephen Hawking was the best student of his class B. Stephen Hawking didn’t work hard at his lessons C. Stephen Hawking began to study cosmology ‎3.What happened to Stephen Hawking when he was 21?‎ A. There was something wrong with his head B. He couldn’t even blink to communicate except by moving fingers C. He could neither talk nor move ‎4.How did Stephen Hawking communicate with others after the bad illness?‎ A. By mouth B. By body languages C. By a voice synthesizer ‎5.Why was Stephen Hawking so successful at his work?‎ A. Because he never hope in his own condition B. Because life was not fair for him C. Because he had a bad illness ‎（九十六）湖南省衡阳市 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项回答问题或完成句子。‎ With the development of economics(经济), the problem of the left-behind children(留守儿童) has become a serious social problem. More and more people have realized we should do something to help them. ‎ The biggest problem is that the children are all hungry for the love from their parents. Many of them can just get a call or a letter from their parents half a year, a year or even several years. So some children can’t remember what their parents look like. When they meet their own troubles, they have no one to talk with. Nobody gives them enough care.‎ Because of being too far away from their parents, the left-behind children’s study is the second biggest problem. From a survey about their study, only two percent of the children get good results, while ten percent of them are common and eighty-eight percent of them are poor. What a pity!‎ There are also many other problems of the left-behind children, such as having no ability to protect themselves, unhealthy lifestyles, spending too much pocket money and too much time on the Internet and so on.‎ In a word, to solve all the problems of the left-behind children needs the government, families and schools to try their best together.‎ ‎1.How many problems are mentioned in the passage?‎ A. Two B. Three C. More than four ‎2.Which is the most serious problem of the left-behind children according to the passage?‎ A. They can’t get enough love from their parents B. They are crazy about the Internet C. They don’t study well ‎3.Many people think .‎ A. something should be done to help the left-behind children B. the parents of the left-behind children don’t care about them C. the government and families should do their best ‎4.Which of the following sentences is not TRUE?‎ A. Ten percent of the left-behind children are good at study B. The left-behind children can’t see their parents often C. The left-behind children’s problem is a social problem ‎5.What is the best title of the article?‎ A. The Left-behind Children B. The Problems of the Left-behind Children C. How to Help the Left-behind Children ‎（九十七）四川省成都市 Thank you for dining at Pizza Man Menu Food &drinks S M L Special Day Hawaii Pizza ‎$6‎ ‎$8‎ ‎$10‎ Monday Beef Pizza ‎$8‎ ‎$10‎ ‎$12‎ Wednesday Chicken Pizza ‎$7‎ ‎$9‎ ‎$11‎ Thursday French Fries ‎$2‎ ‎$3‎ ‎$4‎ Tuesday Orange Juice ‎$3‎ ‎$4‎ ‎$5‎ Wednesday The best pizza in town!‎ You can get something at half price on Special days!! Opening Hours: ‎ No Money? No Worry! Mon -Thurs 11 am-9 pm Chinese customers can also pay by: Fri, Sat & Sun 11am-10pm ‎ If you want to order food, food, find us Tel:678-453-4416‎ www. Pizzaman.com ‎1.What is Pizza Man?‎ A. It's a restaurant B. It's a supermarket.‎ C. it's a food factory ‎2.How long is Pizza Man open on weekends?‎ A. 9 hours.‎ B. 10 hours.‎ C. 11 hours.‎ ‎3.If Alice goes there on Wednesday and orders a small Hawaii pizza and a ‎ medium Orange Juice for dinner, how much should she pay?‎ A. 5 dollars B. 8 dollars.‎ C. 10 dollars.‎ ‎4.How many ways at most are there to pay for the meals?‎ A. Two B. Three C. Four.‎ ‎5.What is TRUE according to the poster?‎ A. We can only order food in Pizza Man.‎ B. We can have breakfast in Pizza Man.‎ C. There s no special day on weekends.‎ ‎（九十八）四川省成都市 Dear Jenny I'm going to take some important exams next month and I am really worried about them. I can’t eat or sleep well.‎ I keep thinking I may get bad grades. Please help me!‎ Mary, 15‎ Chicago Dear Jenny,‎ My little brother refuses to let me watch my favorite TV show. Instead, he watches whatever he wants all the time.‎ What can I do?‎ Nina, 14‎ New York Dear Jenny,‎ My dad has got a new job ‎ and he works long hours. He often has to work at weekends,‎ too. So we spend very little time together. I miss him.‎ What should I do?‎ Jim, 13‎ Boston ‎① ② ③‎ Main parts of the two replies from the editor of the magazine Students' Life:‎ A. You should discuss this problem with your parents. Have you talked to your father? Surely, he misses you, too. Tell him how you feel, and perhaps he would spend more time with you. You can also ask your mother to do something fun with you when your father isn’t home.‎ B. You shouldn’t worry so much. If you study hard, you’ll do well. Try to relax, find time to go for walks and eat three healthy meals every day. Don’t drink coffee or tea, or you won’t be able to sleep. You d better drink a glass of hot milk before going to bed.‎ ‎1.What does Jenny do?‎ A. A teacher B. A doctor C. An editor ‎2.Match the letters with the replies. Which is right?‎ A. ②-A;①-B B. ③-A①-B C. ③-A;②-B ‎3.What problem does Jim have?‎ A. He misses his dad.‎ B. He worries about his dad.‎ C. He has to work at weekends.‎ ‎4.What may be the proper advice to Nina?‎ A. Turn off the TV when her brother is watching it.‎ B. Find programs that they’re both interested in.‎ C. Ask their parents to punish her brother.‎ ‎5.Where do the three teenagers probably live?‎ A. In the US B. In Australia C. In the UK ‎（九十九）内蒙古包头市 Possible Earth-Like Planet Next Door?‎ Scientists say they discovered an earth-like planet outside our solar system (太阳系). It is a planet that could support life.‎ This planet is just 4.2 light years away from us. It is so close that space scientists have considered it as a next door neighbor. They say it could be reached by an unmanned spaceship before the end of the century -- in time for people alive today to see it.‎ An international team of scientists found the planet moving around the star called "Proxima Centauri". The result came out last month from the scientific magazine Nature.‎ Scientists have long thought that a planet with water is important for life. And it has to be neither too hot nor too cold. The newly-discovered planet is a little larger than earth Scientists have named it Proxima B. It moves around its sun, Proxima Centauri, once every 11 days.‎ American scientists have been using instruments for years to look for earth-like planets. In 2013, scientists' best guess was that there are about one billion (1,000 million) "earths" in space.‎ Alan Boss is the chairman of a group for outer space research. He said that Proxima B not only confirms (确认) the discovery of a planet, but also increases the number of other possible“earths” greatly.‎ Boss said it is possible, even likely, that most stars have at least one earth-like planet, which he considers surprising.‎ So from the early number of a billion, this new research suggests there may be as many possible earth-like planets as there are stars in the Galaxy (银河系). That is, anywhere from 250 billion to 500 billion "earths".‎ This makes the possibility of living things increasingly likely Boss said he believes human beings will be able to show that there is life in places besides earth in his lifetime. "I am 65," he said, "but I expect to still be alive when it happens."‎ ‎1.When will it be possible for an unmanned spaceship to reach Proxima B?‎ A. In about eighty years.‎ B. In about 4. 2 years.‎ C. In about eleven days.‎ D. In about one billion years.‎ ‎2.In the fourth paragraph, the writer thinks that _______ is necessary for life.‎ A. water B. light C. air D. wind ‎3.What does the underlined word "This" stand for in the last paragraph?‎ A. Scientists have discovered an earth-like planet last month.‎ B. There are far more earth-like planets than people thought.‎ C. Proxima B is not far from earth and is just like our neighbor.‎ D. The Galaxy will be the only place for living things to live in.‎ ‎4.What does Alan Boss mean by saying "but I expect to still be alive when it happens"?‎ A. His health is in good state and he's sure he will live a long life.‎ B. Science is developing much faster than ever in recent years.‎ C. Scientists may soon find fact that there’s life on other planets.‎ D. America is far ahead of other countries in space research.‎ ‎（一00）内蒙古包头市 There are a lot of music festivals to look forward to in the coming months.‎ Firefly Music Festival Many people have thought of going to Delaware for a summer vacation, and mid- June is a great time to plan a trip if you love music.‎ Date: June 14-17‎ Place: Delaware, USA Music Type: Country Music Roskilde Festival This music festival has a long history since 1971. What's interesting about this festival is that you can get to know some artists from different countries.‎ June 30-July 10‎ Cambridge, England Music Type: Rock Secret Solstice Come to Paris. Not only will you have great music in the Secret Solstice, but you can also visit some old museums.‎ Date: June 21-24‎ Place: Paris, France Music Type: Folk Music Montreal International Jazz Festival All jazz lovers should come to the Montreal International Jazz Festival at least once in a lifetime. This event brings together some of the best musicians.‎ Date: June 28-July 7‎ Place: Montreal, Canada Music Type: Jazz ‎1.What is common to the music festivals in the text?‎ A. They are all held in Europe.‎ B. They are all about country music.‎ C. They are all given outdoors.‎ D. They all take place in summer.‎ ‎2.What can we know about Delaware from the text?‎ A. It is a good choice for summer holiday.‎ B. It is an old city with many old museums.‎ C. It has musicians from different countries.‎ D. It has interested jazz fans around the world.‎ ‎3.Which music festival will last for the longest time?‎ A. Secret Solstice.‎ B. Roskilde Festival.‎ C. Firefly Music Festival.‎ D. Montreal International Jazz Festival.‎ ‎（一0二）内蒙古包头市 Hello and welcome to "Words and Their Stories". We will research into some commonly used words and expressions. As with other languages, American English is rich in expressions that come from animals. Today we will talk about the wolf.‎ Wolves are important animals in the traditions and stories of America. Before the Europeans arrived at north America in the 1500s, to native (土著的) Americans, wolves often meant being brave.‎ However, in English, wolves are not to be trusted. Perhaps wolves attacked too many people or ate too many farm animals. Whatever the reason, wolves were killed in many places. So many died that they almost became endangered. They also became known as bad animals.‎ To begin with, there is an expression lone wolf. If we call somebody a lone wolf, he isn't a bad person, but he may like to do things by himself. In fact, he sometimes makes you think he doesn't want to be around people because he dislikes them.‎ Now, let’s move on to the home. Parents tell their children not to wolf down their food. In other words, the child eats too quickly and without care. And if someone says a child was raised by wolves, that child has bad manners and is behaving like a wild animal.‎ A wolf call is the noise made by a man to show that he likes the way a woman looks. But a wolf call is not a nice thing. These men sound rude. And trust me, most women really hate wolf calls. So, they don't help a man in the game of love.‎ By the way, there is a popular expression about wolf from a very old story: a wolf in sheep’s clothing. A wolf in sheep’s clothing describes someone who acts and looks nice on the outside but is bad on the inside. It tells ‎ us not to be fooled by appearances.‎ ‎1.What can we know after reading the passage?‎ A. Wolves are dangerous and should be killed in order to protect other animals.‎ B. Only in American English can we expect to find expressions about wolves.‎ C. In different areas and times, wolves make people think of different things.‎ D. Nobody lived in north America before the Europeans went there in the 1500s.‎ ‎2.If a person is called a lone wolf, which of the following things is he most likely to do?‎ A. Helping classmates to finish homework.‎ B. Stealing money if nobody is watching.‎ C. Making many friends with people around.‎ D. Going to see a movie on his own after school.‎ ‎3.Which of the following expressions can be used on a student who often breaks school rules?‎ A. A lone wolf.‎ B. Raised by wolves.‎ C. Wolf call.‎ D. A wolf in sheep's clothing.‎ ‎4.Where is it possible for us to find the passage above?‎ A. A book for travel guide.‎ B. A magazine on trade and business.‎ C. A science report.‎ D. A program for English learning.‎ ‎（一0三）内蒙古包头市 One day, as two little boys were walking along the road, they passed a woman carrying a large basket of apples.‎ The boys thought the woman looked very pale and tired, so they said, "Are you going to town? If you are, we will carry your basket." "Thank you," replied the woman, Then she told them that she had a disabled son. She lived in a small house three miles away, and was now going to the market to sell the apples which grew on the only tree in her little garden. She needed the money for their living.‎ ‎"We are going the same way you are," said the boys and they took hold of the basket, one on each side, and trudged along with merry hearts. The poor woman looked glad, and said that she hoped their mother would not be angry with them. "Oh, no," they replied, "our mother has taught us to be kind to others, and to be useful in any way that we can."‎ The woman then offered to give them a few apples for their help. "No, thank you. We want nothing for what we have done," said the boys. When the woman got home, she told her son what had happened on the road, and they were both made happier that day by the kindness of the two boys.‎ Another day, the woman saw his son stop and pick up a piece of orange peel, which he threw into the dustbin. "I wish people would not throw orange peel on the sidewalk," said the son. “Someone may walk upon it, and fall.” “That is right, my dear,” she said. "It is a little thing for you to do what you have done, but it shows that you're thoughtful and considerate."‎ ‎1 .Why did the two boys help the woman carry the basket?‎ A. They wanted to eat some apples.‎ B. Their teacher told them to do that.‎ C. Their mother taught them to be helpful.‎ D. They were asked by the woman to help her.‎ ‎2.Which of the following sentences is True?‎ A. The woman had a lot of apple trees in her garden.‎ B. Everyone can begin with small things to help others.‎ C. The woman didn't have money to send her son to school.‎ D. Poor people were in need of more help than rich people.‎ ‎3.In the third paragraph, the underlined word "trudged" is close in meaning to ________.‎ A. walked B. danced C. Jumped D. climbed ‎4.What can be a title for the passage?‎ A. A Basket of Apples B. Mot her and Her Son C. Small Act of Kindness D. On the Way to the Town ‎（一0四）江苏徐州市 Dear Mr Scott,‎ I expect you may be slightly surprised to receive a letter from your next-door neighbor, but I have to raise a theme that it will be easier for me to discuss in writing. You may have noticed that I have a line of apple trees running along the fence（栅栏）that separates our two gardens. You may also have felt happy when you see your two children sitting on your grass by the fence. And you may also have noticed that my apple trees bend over the fence and seem to look down at your children with interest. It is only natural that your children should sometimes seem to return that interest. And it is quite legal（合法的）for them to show that interest by picking all the apples that hang over on your side of the fence. But to tell you the truth, Mr Scott, I am tired of seeing your children, day after day, destroy the branches of every one of my apple trees. And it seems that a war has been fought on one side of my apple trees. Besides, I am more tired of waking up on these fine autumn mornings to find even the apples on MY side of the fence much less in number. I know this too is the work of your children, since last night I was woken at midnight by the noise they were making when climbing one of my trees, and (as they may have told you) I drove them away. ‎ Yours sincerely, ‎ Becky Aldrin ‎ ‎1.What is this?‎ A. A complaint letter. B. An invitation letter.‎ C. A thank-you letter. D. A recommendation letter.‎ ‎2.Which season was it?‎ A. Spring. B. Summer. C. Autumn. D. Winter.‎ ‎3.What did the two children do last night?‎ A. They sat on the grass. B. They ran along the fence.‎ C. They destroyed the branches. D. They climbed an apple tree.‎ ‎4.How was Becky Aldrin when she wrote this letter?‎ A. Polite but serious. B. Surprised but happy.‎ C. Angry and rude. D. Tired and uninterested.‎ ‎5.What did Becky Aldrin wish Mr Scott to do next?‎ A. Be kind to his neighbour B. Make friends with his children.‎ C. Have a talk with his children. D. Grow apple trees in his garden.‎ ‎（一0五）江苏徐州市 Martina looked out of the window. A robin was singing a lively song in the tree. At this time, Grandpa, who lived with the family since Grandma had died, came in. He looked at the floor as if looking for something. He said, "When the robin sings..." he stopped, trying to remember what he had started to say. ‎ ‎"Spring is here," Mum finished the sentence. "And I'm thinking of our spring cleaning," Mum suggested. "Martina, you can help me, right?" Martina agreed unwillingly. ‎ They cleaned the house. They cleaned upstairs, downstairs, inside, outside, until everything was clean. Then Mum pointed to Grandpa's sofa and shouted. "That old sofa has got to go. We'll buy Grandpa a new one." ‎ It was true and Martina had to agree. The sofa was really old. As they tried to move the sofa, Grandpa stood in their way. "You can't take my sofa," he shouted. ‎ ‎"It's old," Mum said. Grandpa tried to push his sofa back into place. "We'll buy you a new one," Mum promised. ‎ ‎"I don't want a new one," Grandpa insisted. Mum let go of the sofa. "We'll talk about it tonight when John gets home." John, Martina's dad, was still at work. ‎ ‎"Why don't you let us take away the sofa? It's too old!"Martina asked when the family were having supper. Grandpa shook his head and said, "I sat in this sofa, with your grandma right here, when I asked her to marry me. It was so long ago, but when I sit in this sofa and close my eyes I feel she is near." ‎ ‎"It's amazing," Martina thought, "how Grandpa can remember things from the past. These days he forgets almost everything." ‎ The old man smiled to Martina and went on. "And the night your father was born, I sat in this sofa. I was nervous when they placed the little baby into my arms." ‎ ‎"I think I'm beginning to understand," Martina said. "Many years later," Grandpa continued, "I sat in this sofa when the doctor called and told me that your grandma was ill. I was lost without her, but the sofa gave me the ‎ comfort." ‎ ‎"I do see now," Martina looked at Grandpa. "This is not just an old sofa. This sofa is more like a friend." "Yes," Grandpa added. "We've got through a lot together." The whole family agreed that the living room would be boring without the old sofa.‎ ‎1.What is a robin?‎ A. A bird. B. A cat. C. A fish. D. A worm.‎ ‎2.What was Grandpa like these days?‎ A. Careless. B. Impatient. C. Organized. D. Forgetful.‎ ‎3.Who was "the little baby" in Paragraph 9?‎ A. Martina. B. Martina's dad. C. Martina's mum. D. Martina's uncle.‎ ‎4.What's the best title for this passage?‎ A. Martina's wish B. A spring cleaning C. A happy family D. The old sofa ‎（一0六）江苏徐州市 Every morning, millions of people in China do Tai-chi. It is ‎ popular with women and men. Tai-chi is a good kind of exercise ‎ for old people. It is good for the body and for the mind. It is ‎ healthy and relaxing. Tai-chi is from China. It is hundreds of years old. Tai-chi is a "soft" martial art（武术）.That means it is slow and calm. ‎ There are also "hard" martial arts. Shaolin Kung-fu, for example, which has a history of over 1,500 years, is a "hard" martial art. It is fast and dangerous. You have to be very fit and strong to do "hard" martial arts. ‎ In Beijing, Master Li Yu is teaching Shaolin Kung-fu to thirty young students, three of whom come from abroad. "Shaolin Kung-fu is difficult," said Li Yu. "You must practise every move many times." ‎ Sports like football and basketball are also popular in China. But martial arts like Tai-chi and Kung-fu are part of Chinese culture and history.‎ ‎1.How many types of martial arts does this passage tell us?‎ A. Only one. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four.‎ ‎2.What is Master Li Yu teaching?‎ A. Tai-chi. B. Shaolin Kung-fu. C. Football. D. Basketball.‎ ‎3.Which sentence is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. It is easy to learn Shaolin Kung-fu.‎ B. Men like Tai-chi better than women do.‎ C. Tai-chi has a shorter history than Shaolin Kung-fu.‎ D. People must be very healthy and strong to do Tai-chi.‎ ‎（一0七）湖北省恩施 There is a town near Suzhou. It is very interesting and beautiful. This is Luxiang, an old town.‎ Luxiang was built in the Southern Song Dynasty (1127-1279). There were many famous people living in the town at that time.‎ There are around 30 old buildings of Ming and Qing (1644~1912) dynasties now. People live a simple life. Six lanes (巷) in the town go to Taihu Lake.‎ Luxiang looks more beautiful in spring, with many tea trees and fruit gardens. This place is famous for the tea called Biluochun.‎ The Egyptian pyramids were built around 2560 B C. The largest one of them is the Great Pyramid of Khufu. The King, Khufu, built it as his tomb.‎ The Great Pyramid was considered a unique building in the 19th century A. D. At that time, it was still the tallest in the world. According to scientific research, Khufu ordered his men to build it stone by stone. The biggest stone weighs 15 tons, and each stone was fixed so well.‎ The Great Pyramid has four sides and each side is 230. 4 meters long and 146. 5 meters high. At that time, there were no modern machines or equipment, so how did the ancient Egyptians build it? To this day, it is still a mystery.‎ ‎1.Many famous people were living in Luxiang ______.‎ A. from 1127 to 1279‎ B. from 1644 to 1912‎ C. from 1127 to 1644‎ D. from 1279 to 1912‎ ‎2.Luxiang is famous for ______.‎ A. fruit gardens B. tea trees C. Biluochun D. six lanes ‎3.In order to build his tomb, the King Khuhu built ________.‎ A. the ancient pyramids B. the Egyptain pyramids C. the Great Pyramid D. the mysterious pyramids ‎4.Building the Great Pyramid is still a mystery now, because _______.‎ A. each stone was fixed well B. there were no modern machines or equipment then C. it was made of stone D. it was the tallest building in the world ‎5.Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. Each side of the Great Pyramid is 230.4 meters long and 146.5 meters wide. ‎ B. Luxiang is far away from Suzhou.‎ C. Luxiang looks more beautiful except spring.‎ D. In the 19th century AD, the Great Pyramid was special and unusual.‎ ‎（一0八）湖北省恩施 In the 1950s, a female swimming athlete set a goal for herself. She decided to swim across the English Channel before she retired. If she could make it, she would be the first person in the world who did it.‎ On that day, she jumped into the sea without any hesitation and swam towards the opposite bank. ‎ In the journey, she faced heavy fog, heavy rain and heavy waves. Though she was very tired, she carried on swimming.‎ But in the end, she gave up. And what she didn't know at the moment she gave up was that the opposite bank was only I mile away. ‎ Later people asked her about the reason. And she said:"The reason why I gave up is that I could not see the ‎ destination which I was so close to."‎ Too many success stories have been lecturing us about courage and persistence(坚持). But they never told us where to find courage and persistence.‎ You can have courage only when you know where your goal is. You can manage to persist only when you know where your goal is, and prepare yourself well mentally(心理上).‎ Courage and persistence never fall from the sky. They come from weighing between input and output.‎ A life without goals is like a ship without a compass. It goes nowhere. There is no courage or persistence in a life without goals.‎ ‎1.In paragraph 1, the underlined word "it" refers to _______.‎ A. being retired B. swimming across the English Channel C. swimming towards the bank D. setting a goal ‎2.________ is not mentioned in the passage.‎ A. Fog B. Waves C. Rain D. Wind ‎3.The underlined word "weighing" in paragraph 8 probably mean _______.‎ A. 权衡 B. 有……重 C. 称重量 D. 有分量 ‎4.Why did the athlete give up? Because ________.‎ A. the bank was one mile away B. she was too tired C. she didn’t have courage at first D. she thought her destination was far away ‎5.What can be inferred (推论) from the last sentence of the passage?‎ A. If you have courage and persistence, you have goals.‎ B. Even if you have no goals, you have courage to persist.‎ C. There is no courage or persistence unless you know your goals.‎ D. Between input and output, you must find courage and persistence.‎ ‎（一0九）四川省广安市 Different weather makes people feel different. It influences health, intelligence (智力) and feelings.‎ In August, it is very hot and wet in the southern part of the United States. People there have heart trouble and other kinds of health problems during this month. In the Northeast and the Middle West, it is very hot at some times and very cold at other times. People in these states have more heart trouble after the weather changes in February or March.‎ The weather can also influence intelligence. For example, in a scientific report, IQ (智商) of a group of students was very high when a very strong wind came, but after the strong wind, their IQ was 10% below. The wind can help people have more intelligence. Very hot weather, on the other hand (另一方面), can make it lower. Students in many schools of the United States often get worse on exams in the hot months of the year (July and August).‎ Weather also has a strong influence on people's feelings. Winter may be a bad time for thin people. They usually feel cold during these months. They might feel unhappy during cold weather. But fat people may have a hard time in hot summer. At about 18 ℃, people become stronger.‎ Low air pressure (气压) may make people forgetful People leave more bags on buses and in shops on low-pressure days. There is a "good weather" for health. People feel best at a temperature of about I8℃.‎ Are you feeling sad, tired, forgetful, or unhappy today? It may be the weather's problem.‎ ‎1.What kind of weather can have a bad effect (影响) on health?‎ A. Hot and wet weather.‎ B. Good weather.‎ C. Warm weather.‎ D. High intelligence.‎ ‎2.When may people have more intelligence?‎ A. When a rain comes.‎ B. When very hot weather comes.‎ C. When a strong wind comes.‎ D. When low air pressure comes.‎ ‎3.How may low air pressure make people feel?‎ A. Forgetful.‎ B. Sad.‎ C. Angry.‎ D. Tired.‎ ‎4.What will happen to people in "good weather" of I8℃?‎ A. People are very forgetful.‎ B. People can’t do their work well.‎ C. Thin people feel cold.‎ D. People are in better health.‎ ‎5.What does the writer want to tell us?‎ A. Hot and cold weather influences all people in the same way.‎ B. Weather influences people's lives.‎ C. IQ never changes during weather changes.‎ D. There is a good kind of weather for people's work and health.‎ ‎（一一0）四川省广安市 People read books less often in these days. With the invention of radio, television and most recently, the Internet and computer games, it seems that reading books is no longer a popular activity. However, I believe that books are an important part of our lives.‎ Books offer an outstanding wealth of learning and at a cheaper price than taking a course. Books can make people cleverer, because heavy readers have greater knowledge of how things work and who or what people were.‎ Everything in today’s society requires reading. Imagine trying to do something as simple as reading the directions on a medicine bottle without good reading skills. Someone could not understand them and become very sick or even die.‎ Even something as simple as walking or driving through the city could become very dangerous without enough reading. Sometimes, you must be able to understand what is written and explain the meaning of them.‎ Some people say that reading is a waste of time and we can do better things with our time. Even if we don't read books, we still read every day, and reading books can strengthen (加强) our abilities. Reading is one of the greatest things we can do in our spare time.‎ With a book, you can travel anywhere you want, do anything you want, and talk to anyone you want. Reading is very important in our lives, no matter your age. So I think people should read books.‎ ‎1.What activity is less popular these days than before?‎ A. Reading a book.‎ B. Listening to the radio.‎ C. Watching TV.‎ D. Surfing the Internet.‎ ‎2.We can learn from the second paragraph that _______.‎ A. reading can improve your memory B. reading can make you interesting and attractive C. reading can make you smarter D. reading can reduce stress ‎3.The underlined word "them" in the third paragraph refers to ________.‎ A. the books they are reading B. the directions on a medicine bottle C. the good reading skills D. the words a doctor tells a sick person ‎4.Some people disagree to read books because they think _________.‎ A. walking in the city also needs reading skills B. driving along the road is dangerous C. reading books is very helpful for our abilities D. reading books just wastes their time ‎5.The best title of the passage can be _________.‎ A. People Should Enjoy Themselves B. How We Improve Reading Skills C. Why People Should Read Books D. What We Love Doing in Spare Time ‎（一一一）四川省广安市 There once lived a rich businessman who had a lazy son. The businessman wanted his son to realize the value of labor.‎ One day, he told his son, “Today, I want you to earn something. If you fail, you won't have your meal tonight.”‎ The boy didn't want to find a job, so he asked his mother for help. She gave him a gold coin. In the evening, when the father asked his son what he had earned, the son showed him the gold coin. The father then asked him to throw it into the well (水井). The son did as he was told.‎ The father guessed that the gold was from the boy's mother. The next day, he sent his wife to her parents' home and asked his son to earn something. Since no one helped him, the son had to go to the market to look for a job. A shopkeeper told him that he would pay him a coin if he carried heavy tools for him. The son accepted. As he returned home and gave the coin to his father. he was asked to throw it into the well. The boy cried, "Dad! My body is aching. I'm tired. How are you asking me to throw my hard-carned coin into a well?"‎ The businessman smiled. He told his son that one feels pain only when the fruits of labor are wasted. The son realized the value of hard work. He promised not to be lazy any more.‎ ‎1.Who helped the son when he was asked to earn something for the first time?‎ A. His father.‎ B. His mother.‎ C. His sister.‎ D. The shopkeeper.‎ ‎2.The underlined word "aching" has the similar meaning with "_________".‎ A. painful B. hopeful C. helpful D. powerful ‎3.Why did the father ask the boy to throw his coin into the well?‎ A. To fill the well.‎ B. To check if the coin is real.‎ C. To keep the coin for the boy.‎ D. To check if the boy had earned the coin by himself.‎ ‎4.How did the son feel when his father asked him to throw the coin into the well again?‎ A. Surprised B. Sad C. Excited D. Relaxed ‎5.The story is mainly about ________.‎ A. a wise father B. a gold coin C. the fruits of labor D. a lazy boy ‎（一一二）贵州省安顺市 Toothpaste (牙膏) does more than just keep our teeth bright and white. It can be used wisely in many other ways. Here are some useful tips that can save us time and money. If you follow them, you will have a fresh smell of using toothpaste!‎ Clean a Dirty Mirror If you want to clean a dirty bathroom mirror, try to put a bit of toothpaste on the mirror and wipe it dry. The glass can be cleaned up beautifully. And doing this can also stop the mirror from fogging. Then you can still see yourself in the mirror after taking a shower.‎ Remove the Unpleasant Food Smell Have some bad food smell, like the smell of onions or fish, on your hands? You can remove it by washing your hands with toothpaste. You’ll be fresh-smelling in no time.‎ Make Your Sports Shoes Whiter This time, clean your sports shoes by yourself, not by your mother. Wipe some toothpaste around your shoes and then clean it with a wet cloth. See? Your shoes are white as new!‎ ‎1.What does the passage mainly tell us about?‎ A. How to buy the toothpaste. B. How to choose the toothpaste.‎ C. How to use toothpaste wisely. D. How to sell the toothpaste.‎ ‎2.How many ways can you save your time and money by using toothpaste?‎ A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four.‎ ‎3.If there is some smell of fish on your hands, what can you do?‎ A. Wash your hands with soap. B. Wash your hands with toothpaste.‎ C. Eat some onions. D. Brush your teeth with toothpaste.‎ ‎4.The passage doesn’t tell us that .‎ A. toothpaste can clean a dirty mirror B. toothpaste can remove the food smell C. toothpaste can make your ring become new again D. toothpaste can remove fish smell ‎5.Where can we probably find the passage?‎ A. In a science magazine. B. In an amusement magazine.‎ C. In a history book. D. In a math book.‎ ‎（一一三）贵州省安顺市 ‎“Let’ s go wrestling ,Dad!”《( 摔跤吧，爸爸!》) is one of the Top 10 movies recently. It tells a true story about an Indian man and his two daughters. His name’s Mahavir. In real life, he is called“the father of India women wrestling”because thousands of girls across India have been supported to take up wrestling with his efforts.‎ A very famous Indian actor, Aamir Khan, played the role of Mahavir in the movie. It was an unusual experience for him to play this role. Aamir Khan was very serious about his character and he tried to make this character close to the true story. In order to act well, he needed to put on weight to be very fat and then do sports to be very strong in a short time.‎ Aamir Khan started to eat a lot every day before making the movie. He ate at least 5 meals a day including much junk food. He became too fat to run quickly.‎ It is simple to be fat but difficult to be strong. Aamir Khan invited many coaches to train him to lose weight and took him a few months to be strong. He must eat less and drink more. Strength training is also important. This kind of physical training is very boring. He had to lift different weights and do it over and over again. Aamir Khan set a goal to himself day by day and the minute he made it, he fell down on the ground and could hardly stand up. In the end, he became the exact person the movie needs.‎ The role he played was very moving and he succeeded at last. As he says, the most important thing in life is not whether you can reach your goal but whether you have made the greatest efforts.‎ ‎1.From the passage, what is Aamir Khan’s job?‎ A. A player. B. An actor. C. A director. D. A coach.‎ ‎2.Why is Mahavir called “the father of Indian women wrestling”?‎ A. Because he is a very famous Indian player.‎ B. Because he played a role in the movie “let’s go wrestling, Dad!”‎ C. Because he supported many Indian women to take up wrestling.‎ D. Because he became strong in short time.‎ ‎3.What is the correct order of the following things about Aamir Khan?‎ ‎① He changed his eating habits and did sports to become strong.‎ ‎② He was serious about the character and he needed to make great efforts.‎ ‎③ To be fat, he ate too much food.‎ ‎④ Finally, he succeeded.‎ A. ③②①④ B. ②③④① C. ②①④③ D. ②③①④‎ ‎4.Which of the following is NOT true about Aamir Khan from the passage?‎ A. “let’s go wrestling, Dad! ” is a true story about Aamir Khan himself.‎ B. He became very fat at first and then lost weight in a very short time.‎ C. In order to act well, he trained so hard.‎ D. He tried to playa perfect role in the movie.‎ ‎5.According to the acting experience of Aamir Khan ,what can we learn ?‎ A. Where there is a will, there is a way.‎ B. Practice makes perfect.‎ C. Many hands make work light.‎ D. The fatter,the better.‎ ‎（一一四）贵州省安顺市 Bike-sharing has swept across China, with an increasing number of people choosing bike riding instead of driving. The bike that the service company provides has GPS or Bluetooth on it. And those bikes can be easily unlocked with a smart phone and left anywhere in public. Bike-sharing allows people to borrow a bike from one place and return it at another place easily.‎ In some cities, we can see more and more people riding this kind of sharing bikes. It’s very convenient to use the bikes if you have a smart phone. First, you have to download such an APP on your smart phone. Then what you need to do is to find a nearest bike through the APP, scan the QR code（二维码）on the bike or connect your phone with the bike over a Bluetooth wireless connection. You will find the bike can be unlocked itself.‎ Then you can enjoy your trip. What’s more, the greatest advantage of bike-sharing is that you can easily find one and never worry about where to park it. The cost of riding depends on the time that you spend. Normally, every hour you ride, you need to pay one yuan. It doesn’t cost so much, does it?‎ At the same time, some people park the bikes in their own homes. Besides, some people don’t value the bikes. Now service companies are trying to solve the problem like being stolen.‎ Technology and science have changed our social lifestyles. We have to say bike-sharing brings us more convenience without doubt. And we also hope that people can not only enjoy it but also put it to good use.‎ ‎1.What do we know from the first paragraph?‎ A. Most people in cities don’t drive.‎ B. Bike-sharing is becoming more and more popular.‎ C. Bike-sharing is invented in China.‎ D. Sharing bikes can be borrowed everywhere.‎ ‎2.If you want to use a sharing bike, you must first .‎ A. download an APP and pay for the trip B. have a smart phone and download an APP C. unlock the bike and download an APP D. find a nearest bike and borrow it from anyone ‎3.The underlined word “value” in Paragraph 4 probably means in Chinese.‎ A. 喜欢 B. 收藏 C. 爱惜 D. 购买 ‎4.Which of the following is NOT mentioned in this passage?‎ A. Bike-sharing is a kind of expensive transport.‎ B. Sharing bikes are easy to unlock.‎ C. Sharing bikes may be stolen.‎ D. Bike-sharing is very cheap.‎ ‎5.What’s the writer’s attitude towards bike-sharing?‎ A. Convenient. B. Doubtful.‎ C. Worried. D. Unnecessary.‎ ‎（一一五）浙江省衢州市 I have read plenty of articles about self-improvement these past few months, and most of them tell you that you need to wake up and keep positive(积极的). When you wake up, you need to think that something great is going to happen today, and that you are going to have a great day. This kind of positive attitude(态度) is supposed to change your whole day.‎ So this morning I woke up and decided to give it a whirl. The sun was shining brightly through my bedroom window, and it immediately gave me this warm feeling inside. I thought to myself, "Today is going to be a great day. One of the best days ever!" I got out of bed, took my morning shower and began to get dressed. I put on a pair of dress pants I have not warned in a while, followed by my dress shirt and that is when it began. I reached into my left pocket and pulled out what felt like some paper.‎ You know that feeling of finding a $20 hill in your pants and it feels like free money? Because you forgot all about it and thought you never did?‎ I pulled out a $100 bill and a $50 bill in the same pocket. It seemed like the best thing that had happened to me these days. Yes, $150 starts off my day! I'm sure if someone could have seen the smile on my face, they would have understood, I shouted in joy, with my poor dog looking at me like I was crazy!‎ Start your morning off thinking you are going to have the best day ever and you just might! I really want to know what will happen next.‎ ‎1.______ made the writer think in a positive way.‎ A. Person he knew B. A message he received C. The articles he read D. The pants be wore ‎2.The meaning of the underlined phrase "give it a whirl" is probably similar to "_______".‎ A. get dressed B. have e try C. reed books D. make money ‎3.The underlined word "It" in Paragraph 4 refers to _____.‎ A. finding money in the pocket B. receiving help from others C. getting up early in the morning D. enjoying the morning sunshine ‎4.What does the passage mainly tell us?‎ A. It is important to be honest.‎ B. Confidence leads us to success.‎ C. Sharing with others brings us happiness.‎ D. A positive attitude may bring a good result.‎ ‎（一一六）浙江省衢州市 Most people use their mouths to talk, but do you know same people use their hands to speak? Some people who cannot hear use their hands to communicate messages to others. This is called sign language. These people make shapes with their fingers, movements with their hands, as well as different faces in order to talk to other people.‎ One way people speak with their hands is by making shapes for letters with their fingers. For example, if you make an "OK" sign with your thumb and finger, that is the shape for the letter "f" in American sign language. Each letter has a hand shape. This way people can spell words using their hands. For example, if you want to spell "fun", you need to make three shapes. First you make the shape for the letter "f", then the shape for the letter "u", and then the shape for the letter "n".‎ ‎___________. If you move your hand from your nose to your chin(下巴), you can say“mother” in American sign language. Of course, you have to use the correct hand shape, too. That shape is like holding your hand open with all five fingers showing. If you move your hand from the top of your head to your chin, you can say "father＂， Again, you have to use the same hand shape that you used for "mother".‎ Finally, people can change their faces to communicate in a sign language. For example, if you want to ask a question, you need to make your eyebrows (眉毛) go up. You also need to move your head forward a little.‎ If you want to say "I do not know", you need to make your eyes smaller and make your eyebrows go down.‎ ‎1.If you want to spell the word "nice", you need to make _______ hand shapes.‎ A. one B. two C. three D. four ‎2.Which of the following can be put in the blank in Paragraph 3?‎ A. People also need to learn sign language B. People also make hand shapes to communicate C. People also move their hands to talk in a sign language D. People also make different faces to express their meanings ‎3.You need to use your _______ to say "I do not know" in American sign language.‎ A. eyes and eyebrows B. eyes and head C. hand and head D. fingers and eyes ‎4.The purpose of the passage is to _________.‎ A. help people know more about America B. introduce American sign language to readers C. teach readers how to make hand shapes D. encourage people to use more sign language ‎（一一七）黑龙江省绥化 This Sunday is grandpa's birthday. The Smith family are going to celebrate it at home, so they will have a busy weekend.‎ Saturday Morning Dad-clean the car in the garden Mum-clean the kitchen and bedrooms of their house Amy-have dance lessons in the gym Rose--work on science projects in the library Afternoon Mum and Dad-buy some food at the supermarket Amy and Rose-choose gifts and cards for grandpa Evening Watch TV together Sunday Morning Mum---make a big birthday cake Amy and Rose-wrap grandpa's gifts Afternoon Amy-help Mum cook delicious food Rose-help Dad decorate the sitting room Evening Amy and Rose-give gifts to grandpa The whole family-have a party 根据表格所提供信息，从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个最佳答素 ‎1._______will have dance lessons in the gym on Saturday morning.‎ A. Mum B. Rose C. Amy ‎2.Mum will be ___________on Saturday morning.‎ A. in the library B. at home C. at the supermarket ‎3.The underlined word "wrap” means__________.‎ A. 准备 B. 包；裹 C. 购买 ‎4.Amy and Mum will _________on Sunday afternoon.‎ A. make a big birthday cake B. decorate the sitting room C. cook delicious food ‎5.The whole family will have a party_____________.‎ A. on Sunday evening B. on Saturday morning C. on Sunday afternoon ‎（一一八）湖北省黄冈市 Beauty sleep is a real thing, researches have shown that people who have enough sleep look more attractive (有魅力的) to others.‎ A few bad nights is enough to make a person look "especially" more ugly, their sleep experiments show.‎ The researchers asked 25 university students to join in their sleep experiment. They were asked to get a good night's sleep for two nights.‎ A week later, they were asked to sleep for only four hours every night for two nights in a row.‎ The researchers took make-up free (素颜) photos of the volunteers after both the good and the bad sleep.‎ Next, they asked 122 strangers to have a look at the photos and judge (评价) them on attractiveness, health, and sleepiness, as well as asking them: "How much would you like to make friends with this person in the ‎ picture?"‎ The strangers were good at judging if the person they were looking at was tired, and, if they were sleepy, their attractiveness score was low.‎ The strangers also said they wouldn't want to socialize with the tired students. The researchers say this is natural for people. An unhealthy-looking face makes people run away. In other words, people don't want to hang around with people who might be ill.‎ Dr. Brewer, an expert at the University of Liverpool said "Judgement of attractiveness is often unconscious (无意识的), hut we all do it, and we are able to judge on even something small like whether someone looks tired or unhealthy. This study is a good reminder of how important sleep is to us."‎ ‎1.When did the researchers take make-up free photos?‎ A. After two nights good sleep.‎ B. After two nights bad sleep.‎ C. Before the experiment.‎ D. After both two nights good sleep and two nights' had sleep.‎ ‎2.The researchers asked the strangers to do the following except _______.‎ A. telling who looked healthier B. telling who didn't have many friends C. telling who missed a lot of sleep D. telling who was attractive ‎3.What kind of friends did the strangers like to make?‎ A. The people who were tired.‎ B. The people who were sleepy.‎ C. The people who were unhealthy.‎ D. The people who were attractive and energetic.‎ ‎4.What does the underlined word "socialize "mean in Chinese?‎ A. 合伙 B. 玩耍 C. 交往 D. 共事 ‎5.According to the passage, which of the following is the best title?‎ A. Beauty sleep, More attractive B. More sleep, More Friends C. Less sleep, Fewer friends D. No attractiveness, No friends ‎（一一九）湖北省黄冈市 A poor farmer had a friend who was famous for the wonderful apples he grew.‎ One day, his friend gave the farmer a young apple tree and told him to take it home and plant it. The farmer was pleased with the gift, but when he got home, he did not know where lo plant it.‎ He was afraid that if he planted the tree near the road, strangers would steal the fruit. If he planted the tree in one of his fields, his neighbors would come al night and steal some of the apples. If he planted the tree near his house, his children would take the fruit.‎ Finally he planted the tree in his woods (树林) where no one could see it. But without sunlight and good soil, the tree soon died. ‎ Later the friend asked the farmer why he had planted the tree in such a poor place. "What's the difference?” the farmer said angrily."If I had planted the tree near the road, strangers would have stolen the fruit. If I had planted the tree in one of my fields, my neighbors would have come at night and stolen some of the apples. If I had planted it near my house, my own children would have taken the fruit.”‎ ‎"Yes," said the friend, "but at least someone could have enjoyed the fruit. Now you not only have robbed (抢夺) everyone of the fruit, but also you have destroyed (摧毁) a good apple tree!"‎ ‎1.What did the farmer's friend give him one day?‎ A. An apple.‎ B. Some apples.‎ C. A young tree.‎ D. Some young trees.‎ ‎2.Why didn't the farmer want to plant the tree in his field?‎ A. He thought strangers would steal the fruit.‎ B. He thought the tree would die.‎ C. He thought his children would take the fruit.‎ D. He thought his neighbors would steal the fruit.‎ ‎3.Where did the farmer plant the young tree?‎ A. Near the road.‎ B. In his field.‎ C. In his woods.‎ D. Near the house.‎ ‎4.Why did the young tree die in the end?‎ A. Strangers pulled out the tree.‎ B. His neighbors cut down the tree.‎ C. His children broke the tree.‎ D. There was less sunlight and poor soil.‎ ‎5.What does the story tell us?‎ A. We should care about others' feelings.‎ B. We should learn to share beautiful things.‎ C. The young tree can provide apples for us when it grows up.‎ D. The young tree can grow up one day.‎ ‎（一二0）湖北省黄冈市 Chinese has been added to the graduation exam list by Sophie School, an Italian high school and 29 students will take the test this year. This high school is mainly about language in northeastern Italy. It has become the first school in the country to list Chinese as a graduation exam subject. The Chinese course has been taught at this Italian school for 5 years, and 145 of its 910 students have chosen to study Chinese. Maria, director of the school, said Chinese will become a global (全球的) language in the future and they set up the course because many students had asked for it. "There were only a few schools in Italy which provided Chinese courses then, but now, Chinese courses have become an important part of our teaching plan," she said.‎ Robert is a student in this school. He is going to take the Chinese test this year. He said that Speaking Chinese is not so difficult, it was difficult for them to understand the same word in different sentences and read Chinese poets, but writing Chinese characters (汉字) is the most difficult part of learning the language. "Although learning Chinese is difficult for Italian students, when considering looking for better jobs abroad, China must be my top choice," he said ‎1.How many students will take the Chinese test this year according to the text?‎ A. 5‎ B. 29‎ C. 145‎ D. 910‎ ‎2.Why have many Italian students chosen to study Chinese?‎ A. They think Chinese will become a global language in the future.‎ B. Learning Chinese is easy for Italian.‎ C. They want to travel to China.‎ D. Think they can find good jobs only in China.‎ ‎3.What is the most difficult thing for Italian students to study Chinese?‎ A. Speaking Chinese.‎ B. Reading Chinese poets.‎ C. Understanding the same won in different sentences.‎ D. Writing Chinese characters.‎ ‎4.Which of the following is not true according to the text?‎ A. Sophie School is a high school mainly about Chinese.‎ B. Sophie Scholl has become Italy’s first school to list Chinese as a graduation exam subject.‎ C. Chinese courses have become an important part of their leaching plan.‎ D. There were only a few schools in Italy which provided Chinese courses then.‎ ‎（一二一）陕西省 Last month, a common graduation ceremony (毕业典礼) was held in Tianjin University, but it received much attention. Xue Minxiu, born in 1937, graduated with excellent grades after working hard for 4 years.‎ Going to a university has always been a dream for Xue. But for some reasons, she didn't have the chance when she was young. Even so, she never forgot her dream. In 2014, she was accepted by Tianjin University and finally her dream came true. Since then, Xue has been a model for the people around her. She got up at 5 o'clock every morning. Then she studied for a while before brushing teeth and having breakfast. Her room was filled with books and newspapers. Wherever she went, she would take books with her.‎ In fact, for her age, Xue had many difficulties during the four years. But nothing could stop her. Whenever ‎ she had problems, she would either solve them by herself or ask teachers for help. Through her hard work, she passed the exams and was named "a star student" during the first period of her college life.‎ ‎"I think the true meaning of our lives is to challenge (挑战) and improve ourselves whether we are old or young. Xue said at the graduation ceremony. "For me, learning something I enjoy is a lifelong journey. I want to thank Tianjin University for giving me the chance to achieve my dream. Our lifetime is short, so we should make good use of it."‎ ‎1.At the age of _______, Xue was accepted by Tianjin University.‎ A. 77‎ B. 85‎ C. 81‎ D. 73‎ ‎2.With the help of ______, Xue solved her problems in study.‎ A. her family and friends B. her teachers and herself C. her teachers and classmates D. her classmates and herself ‎3.What is the best title(标题) for the passage?‎ A. A Graduation Ceremony B. A Hard-working Old Lady C. A Difficult Examination D. A University in Tianjin ‎4.Where do you think the passage may come from?‎ A. A science report.‎ B. A travel book.‎ C. A newspaper.‎ D. An advertisement.‎ ‎（一二二）陕西省 A person has two ears but only one mouth. That means we should listen, not just speak. The word "listen" has the same letters as the word "silent". Listening silently is a good quality that we should have. Then why is it ‎ important to be a good listener?‎ Listening is really helpful.‎ When someone is sad or angry, he wants to express his poor feelings. At this moment, we need to listen silently first until he gets calm (冷静的). Then we may have a good talk with him. Maybe it is a good way to help him out.‎ Listening is a kind of love.‎ For example, we may think our parents are always talking too much. But in fact, they do so because they are anxious about our health, study and so on. If we listen patiently, our parents will feel we care about them. A loving silence is often more powerful (有力量的) than words.‎ Listening is polite behavior.‎ Sometimes, we just want others to listen to us but forget to listen to others. In fact, that's not polite. In order to show our respect(尊重) for others, we had better listen to them first. Then we can express our ideas.‎ Listening sounds easy， but it's not. Every head is a world. So we should learn to listen with our ears, eyes and hearts as much as we can, and try to make ourselves good listeners from now on.‎ ‎1.When someone is sad or angry, we should _____ first.‎ A. listen to him silently B. express our poor feelings C. talk too much with him D. tell his parents about it ‎2.The underlined word "anxious" here probably means "_______".‎ A. satisfied B. angry C. worried D. excited ‎3.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. We should ask others to listen to us first.‎ B. We should express our ideas first.‎ C. We should let others respect us first.‎ D. We had better listen to others first.‎ ‎（一二三）陕西省 Many animals around us are smart. Let’s get to know some of them.‎ Dolphins are smarter animals in the sea. Researchers put sea animals to a test. In the test, the researchers made red marks on the animal’s bodies and took them in front of a mirror. Many sea animals either ran away or fought with the ones in the mirror. However, when the dolphins saw themselves in the mirror, they tried to clean the red marks off their bodies. So the researchers believed that the dolphins knew the ones in the mirror were just themselves.‎ Bees work hard, and they are smart enough to learn something. Researchers found a group of bees and taught them to tell which horizontal line (水平线) was higher than the other. If they could find the higher line, they would get sugar as a prize. After training for a period of time, the researchers tested the bees. To their surprise, the bees found the higher horizontal line quickly and got sugar. Instead, when the researchers showed them vertical lines (垂直线), the bees simply flew away, because they knew there was no way to get sugar.‎ Chimpanzees (黑猩猩) are very human-like. They can learn fast and well. Researchers showed the numbers from one to nine on the screen. Chimpanzees and some college students were asked to remember where the numbers were after watching the numbers in less than a second. The adult chimpanzees and the college students performed almost the same, but the young chimpanzees performed much better. It was amazing.‎ ‎1.In the test, the dolphins _______________.‎ A. felt afraid and ran away from the mirror B. tried to fight with the ones in the mirror C. didn’t find any red marks on their bodies D. tried to clean the red marks off their bodies ‎2.When the bees saw the vertical lines, they _________.‎ A. flew away B. found the higher line C. stayed there D. found the numbers ‎3._____________ performed better in remembering where the numbers were.‎ A. The adult chimpanzees B. The old chimpanzees C. The young chimpanzees D. The college students ‎（一二四）广东省广州市 For his eleventh birthday, Lin was given a gift that would shape his life. On that day his father took him to the Children’s Activity Centre and said he could choose any course that interested him. There was just one requirement: Lin would have to promise to study it for at least one year.‎ To that point Lin had had many hobbies, but none kept his interest for more than a week or two. His mum once gave him a bag of stamps to encourage stamp collecting. That hobby lasted a week. Then his father got him some paints hoping that Lin's artistic side would shine through. Those paints were now under his bed, still unopened. This time Lin’s parents would let him decide.‎ Lin's eyes moved down the noticeboard that listed all the courses on offer. He stopped at "Photography". He liked the idea of taking beautiful pictures but the notice said that each student needed their own camera. Although Lin's family weren't poor, they weren’t rich either, and a camera cost a lot of money. He continued looking.‎ The next course to catch his eye was "Language Art". He didn’t even know what that meant. His father explained that it taught people how to make public speeches. Lin, a shy boy, could think of nothing worse.‎ Then he saw it. "Cooking" sounded like something he'd like to do. It was inexpensive and convenient, it could be done alone and it was also creative.‎ Based on Lin’s hobby history, his dad had doubts, but he agreed. Much to his parents' surprise, Lin kept his promise. He studied cooking at the Centre every Saturday, and practised at home, making delicious meals for his family. Everyone looked forward to birthdays, when they could eat his cakes. Lin got great satisfaction from the pleasure his food brought to others.‎ The months turned to years but his hobby never changed again.‎ Now Lin is an adult and runs a successful restaurant. When customers say they enjoy his meal, he still gets the same pleasure he did as a child, and remembers the special gift he received all those years ago.‎ ‎1.Why didn't Lin choose to study photography?‎ A. It was too expensive.‎ B. He had no interest in it.‎ C. He was not very creative.‎ D. It was not offered that term.‎ ‎2.The underlined expression "catch his eye" in Paragraph 4 means “ ”.‎ A. make him excited B. cause him surprise C. get his attention D. help him see clearly ‎3.Which of the following best describes Lin's interest in cooking?‎ A. It only lasted for a short time.‎ B. It seemed to match his character.‎ C. It was forced on him by his parents.‎ D. It developed slowly over many months.‎ ‎4.Why did the father have doubts about Lin's choice of cooking?‎ A. Lin wasn't good at cooking.‎ B. Cooking wasn't very convenient.‎ C. He didn’t think Lin would continue.‎ D. Cooking wasn't a good hobby for a boy.‎ ‎5.What's the best title for the passage?‎ A. A Strict Father B. A Changeable Boy C. The Fun of Cooking D. The Birthday Gift ‎（一二五）广东省广州市 Experts believe that there are more than 8 million restaurants in the world today. So it might surprise you to learn that restaurants, as we know them, have only existed for a few centuries. Before 1765, there were no restaurants. That is, there were no places that provided the restaurant experience. There was nowhere in which a waiter brought you food and drink that you picked from a menu. In fact, there were no menus anywhere.‎ There were eating places travellers could go to centuries before that. The countryside was full of inns that ‎ would serve food. And there were taverns where one could get drinks. The rich could also eat special meals prepared by private cooks. But none of them could be called a “restaurant”.‎ A man called Boulanger changed that. In 1765, he opened a place in Paris that sold soups(汤). On his sign he used the word "restaurant" to describe what he was selling. At that time, soups were considered something that could help "restore"(恢复)your health — in French the word "restore" is “restaurer” — so he called the soups "restaurants". Soon, people started buying Boulanger's soups even when they were not ill. And over time, people began to use the word "restaurant" to refer to a place selling soup rather than the soup itself. More "restaurants" opened in France, and people began to buy soups more often. ‎ Later, restaurants in Paris began to serve other food besides soup. In the 1790s, menus started to appear. By the mid-1800s, there were many types of restaurants throughout the world. The United States offered coffee shops. Tea houses became popular throughout China. Paris created beautiful restaurants for the rich. The British began to copy the French, and the restaurant idea spread throughout the British Empire.‎ Today cities are filled with all types of restaurants. Diners have millions of options from which to choose.‎ ‎1.What is the passage mainly about?‎ A. How restaurants developed.‎ B. What made a good restaurant.‎ C. Who created the first restaurant.‎ D. Why restaurants became popular.‎ ‎2.According to the first paragraph, what made restaurants different from earlier eating places?‎ A. Restaurants only served food.‎ B. Restaurants were more expensive.‎ C. Restaurants were mainly in cities.‎ D. Restaurants had a list of meal choices.‎ ‎3.Who did Boulanger expect to come and eat at his restaurant?‎ A. Rich people.‎ B. Sick people.‎ C. Travellers.‎ D. Workers.‎ ‎5764‎ A. A person.‎ B. A place.‎ C. Illness.‎ D. Soup.‎ ‎5.When did restaurants begin to grow internationally?‎ A. In the 1600s.‎ B. In the 1700s.‎ C. In the 1800s.‎ D. In the 1900s.‎ ‎（一二六）广东省广州市 Many people know that rubbish is a big problem on planet Earth. What many people don't know is that junk(垃圾)has become a problem in outer space too.‎ According to BBC News, there are more than 22, 000 pieces of space junk floating around the earth. And these are just the things that we can see from the surface of the earth by telescopes (望远镜). There are also millions of smaller pieces of junk that we can't see.‎ Objects, like bits of old space rockets or satellites, move around the planet at very high speeds fast that even a very small piece can break important satellites or become dangerous to astronauts. If the tiniest piece of junk crashed into a spaceship, it could damage the vehicle.‎ To make things worse, when two objects in space crash, they break into many smaller pieces. For example, when a U.S. satellite hit an old Russian rocket in 2009, it broke into more than 2,000 pieces, increasing the amount of space junk.‎ To reduce additional space junk, countries have agreed that all new space tools can only stay in space for 25 years at most. Each tool must be built to fall safely into the earth's atmosphere after that time. In the upper parts of the atmosphere, it will burn up.‎ Many scientists also suggesting different ways to clean up space junk. In England scientists are testing a metal net that can be fired into space junk. The net catches the junk and then pulls it into the earth's atmosphere to burn up. The Germans are building robots that can collect pieces of space junk and bring them back to Earth to be safely destroyed.‎ The problem is becoming more challenging because we're sending more objects into space to help people use their mobile phones and computers,” says Marco Castronuovo, an Italian space Researcher.‎ ‎“The time to act is now. The longer we leave the problem, the bigger it will become,” he says.‎ ‎1.What does the underlined word “these” in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A. Telescopes.‎ B. Satellites.‎ C. Pieces of space junk.‎ D. BBC news reports.‎ ‎2.Why is space junk considered a problem?‎ A. It buns up after it re-enters the atmosphere B. It often stops the view of telescopes on Earth C. It could force new space tools to travel at slower speeds D. It may crash into other space tools causing damage or death ‎3.Countries want future space tools to be able to fall back into the earth's atmosphere so that .‎ A. the tools can be reused later B. the tools don't become space junk C. the earth’s atmosphere can stay clean D. the effects of space flight can be studied ‎4.How do the Germans plan to deal with space junk?‎ A. Catch it with nets.‎ B. Use robots to collect it.‎ C. Burn it in the earth's atmosphere.‎ D. Send it further away from the earth.‎ ‎5.In which section of the newspaper would you probably read this article?‎ A. Environment.‎ B. Local News.‎ C. Education.‎ D. Fashion.‎ ‎（一二七）山东省滨州 I was walking around in a store. I saw a cashier (收银员) hand a little boy his money back, saying, “I’m sorry, but you don’t have enough money to buy this doll.” I walked towards him and asked him who the doll was for.‎ ‎“It’s the doll that my sister wanted most for Christmas,” he said. I told him that maybe Santa Claus will bring it to her and that he shouldn’t worry. He sadly replied, “No, Santa Claus can’t bring it to her. I have to give the doll to my mom so that she can give it to my sister when she joins her.”‎ His eyes were so sad while saying this. “My sister has gone to be with God. Daddy says that Mom is going to see God very soon too, so I thought that she could take the doll with her to give it to my sister.”‎ My heart nearly stopped. I quickly reached for my wallet and suggested that we count the money again. “Okay,” he said. “I hope that I have enough.” I added some of my money to his without letting him see and we started to count it. There was enough for the doll and even some spare money left. “Thank you, God, for giving me enough money!” the little boy said.‎ I left the store, feeling as if my life had been changed forever.‎ ‎1.Why couldn’t the boy buy the doll?‎ A. Because he didn’t know the cashier. B. Because he didn’t have enough money.‎ C. Because he didn’t find the doll. D. Because the dolls had been sold out.‎ ‎2.The boy wanted to buy the doll for .‎ A. Santa Claus B. his sister C. his mother D. his father ‎3.What does the first sentence in Paragraph 4 mean?‎ A. The writer’s heart stopped working suddenly.‎ B. The writer had a heart problem.‎ C. The writer was so touched by the boy.‎ D. The writer was scared after hearing the story.‎ ‎4.According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. The boy’s mom was badly ill. B. The cashier gave the doll to the boy for free.‎ C. The boy’s mom wanted the doll most. D. Santa Claus brought the doll to the boy’s sister.‎ ‎5.What did the writer do to help the boy?‎ A. He bought the boy a doll.‎ B. He found a good doctor to save his mother.‎ C. He told the cashier to sell the doll to the boy.‎ D. He gave the boy some money to buy the doll.‎ ‎（一二八）山东省滨州 On April 2, we said goodbye to Tiangong I, China’s first space lab. According to the China Manned Space Agency (中国载人航天), Tiangong I re-entered the Earth’s atmosphere (大气层) and some of its debris (碎片) fell into the South Pacific Ocean.‎ There are many spacecraft (宇宙飞船) that are still in orbit ‎(轨道) above the Earth. After finishing their trips, they will all re-enter the Earth’s atmosphere like Tiangong I.‎ There are two types of re-entries: controlled re-entry and uncontrolled re-entry.‎ Some satellites and manned spacecraft come back to the Earth in a controlled re-entry. Experts calculate (计算) the path of the falling spacecraft and its speed. Thy can guide the spacecraft to fall in a chosen area.‎ Some spacecraft may have problems while in space after a certain amount of time. These spacecraft come back in an uncontrolled re-entry. It is hard to tell when and where these spacecraft will fall until the last few hours. The US space station Skylab came back partially uncontrolled in 1979. Parts of the station fell in western Australia, but no one was hurt.‎ During re-entry, most of the spacecraft will burn up while passing through the Earth’s atmosphere. Only a small amount of the debris will reach the ground. The debris typically ends up falling into the ocean, China Daily reported.‎ ‎1.The debris from Tiangong I .‎ A. fell into the South Pacific Ocean B. fell in western Australia C. fell in the central part of the US D. fell into the North Pacific Ocean ‎2.When the spacecraft finishes its trip, it will .‎ A. burn up and disappear B. speed up and fly back to the Earth C. enter another orbit and stay in space D. re-enter the Earth’s atmosphere ‎3.From the passage, we know there are types of re-entries.‎ A. one B. two C. three D. four ‎4.Which of the following is TRUE about the US space station Skylab?‎ A. It came back in a controlled re-entry. B. Some people were hurt by its debris.‎ C. Parts of it fell in western Australia. D. It was directed to fall into the ocean.‎ ‎5.This story most probably comes from .‎ A. a story book B. a movie review C. a science magazine D. a government report ‎（一二九）山东省滨州 Four years ago, Chinese skater Wu Dajing introduced himself to the skating world by winning a silver medal at the Sochi Olympic Winter Games. At this year’s Pyeong Chang Olympics, Wu not only returned, but also made history.‎ On Feb 22th, 2018, Wu won the gold medal in the men’s short-track 500-meter race. He set a new world record with a time of 39.584 seconds. He also became the first Chinese man to take home an Olympic short-track gold medal. BBC said Wu’s win was “flawless”, because he was much faster than all of the other skaters.‎ ‎“I didn’t give them a chance and I kept my speed from the start,” he told the reporter after the match.‎ But China’s short-track teams didn’t do well in general at the Games. Chinese skaters in the women’s 500 meters, 3000-meter relay and men’s 1500 meters all failed to take home the gold. Wu was China’s biggest hope, which put a lot of pressure on him. But he proved himself with his great performance.‎ Wu is now known as a highly talented skater. But things were not always that way. When Wu joined the national team in 2010, he was seen as almost “nothing” compared to gifted skaters like Zhou Yang and Fan Kexin, as his coaches said at the time. Their words made him quite upset. But Wu didn’t want to give up and worked as hard as he could. He practiced skating all year round. He even didn’t return to his hometown for the holidays for 10 years. “I believe in myself,” he told the reporter after his match at the Olympics.‎ ‎1.At the Pyeong Chang Olympics, Wu Dajing won the gold medal in the men’s short-track ‎ race.‎ A. 500-meter B. 1000-meter C. 1500-meter D. 3000-meter relay ‎2.What does the underlined word “flawless” mean?‎ A. Ordinary. B. Common. C. Perfect. D. Difficult.‎ ‎3.Accor ding to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. Wu won a gold medal at the Sochi Olympic Winter Games four years ago.‎ B. Wu set the world record with a time of 39.584 seconds and made history.‎ C. Wu’s coaches placed great hope on him when he joined the national team.‎ D. Chinese skaters in the women’s 500 meters, 3000-meter relay took home the gold.‎ ‎4.What does the last paragraph mainly tell us?‎ A. The national team and coaches regarded Wu as a talented skater all the way.‎ B. Wu kept on practicing skating all year round even in the holidays for 10 years.‎ C. Zhou Yang and Fan Kexin were more hard-working on skating than Wu Dajing.‎ D. Because of Wu’s hard work, confidence and strong will, he finally succeeded.‎ ‎5.Which one might be the best title of this passage?‎ A. From Zero to Skating Hero B. Short-track 500-meter Race C. Pyeong Chang Winter Olympics D. Rising of China’s Bright Skiing Star ‎（一三0）山东省滨州 Inventions make the world better，smarter and a little more fun.‎ The folding bike helmet(头盔)‎ People hate to wear a helmet because it's thick and heavy. Morpher is a bike helmet made from plastics. It is just as strong as the traditional ones, but flexible(灵活的) enough to fold almost totally flat. Also it is much easier to carry.‎ Shoes that tie themselves After we see the movie Back to the Future, almost everyone wants a pair of self－tying shoes. Now, thanks to Nike, the shoe dream comes true. When you press a button, the shoes can tie themselves.‎ The smart alarm clock—Hello Sense An alarm clock, called Hello Sense, can improve your sleep. It can control the temperature, light and even air quality in your bedroom to help you have a perfect sleep environment. And it can record your sleep cycles.‎ Sweet potatoes that could save lives The lack(缺乏) of vitamin A can cause blindness and many other illnesses for illnesses. In sub－Saharan Africa, plant experts are helping them grow a kind of new sweet potatoes. These potatoes can help them fight against some illnesses.‎ ‎1. The folding bike helmet is ________.‎ A. thick and heavy B. made from metal C. not as strong as a traditional one D. flexible enough to fold almost flat ‎2. Which company makes self－tying shoes?‎ A. Adidas. B. Kappa.‎ C. Nike. D. Li－Ning.‎ ‎3. The smart alarm clock can NOT ________.‎ A. improve our sleep B. control our weight C. record our sleep cycles D. control the temperature in the bedroom ‎4. If a child has a poor eyesight，he may be in the lack of ________.‎ A. vitamin A B. vitamin B C. vitamin C D. vitamin D ‎5. You can find the passage in a ________.‎ A. newspaper B. story book C. guide book D. cookery book ‎（一三一）河北省 DIY Your Own Desserts ‎◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆◆ ‎ We offer different kinds of classed to you all. A very popular class we are offering these ‎10 days is the class named “DIY Your Own Desserts”.‎ Can you imagine how happy your beloved one will be happy when you give him/her your ‎ DIY desserts on the special days like birthday, Mother’s Day and Father’s Day? Come to our class and make your own desserts. Give your beloved one some surprises! ‎ The class runs daily and it is a completely hands-on personal cooking experience lasting up to 4 hours ‎ learning 3-4 recipes (食谱) each lesson. The teacher will first show how to cook different recipes in front of you. And then he will guide you on how to prepare and make the food. ‎ At the end of the class you can either eat the meal prepared during the class or take it home with you. What’s more, you’ll be able to take home the copies of all the recipes. ‎ Costs: ＄30 each lesson. You can start at any time. ‎ Go to our website to get more information about the class.‎ You can either e-mail us or come to our office for attending it.‎ ‎1.You can join the class if you like to ________.‎ A. offer some recipes B. teach how to cook ‎ C. make desserts yourself D. get some surprises ‎2.You will _________ in the class.‎ A. eat the meal with the teacher B. celebrate the special days C. learn 2-3 recipes each lessons D. have a hands-on experience ‎3.You will pay _________ for five lessons.‎ A. ＄30 B. ＄60 C. ＄120 D. ＄150‎ ‎4.How can you attend the class?‎ A. Make a phone call to them. B. Send them an e-mail.‎ C. Get information from parents. D. Come to the class directly.‎ ‎（一三二）河北省 Edward rose early on the New-year morning. He looked in every room and wished a Happy New Year to his family. Then he ran into the street to repeat that to those he might meet.‎ When he came back, his father gave him two bright, new silver dollars . ‎ His face lighted up as he took them. He had wished for a long time to buy some petty books that he had seen at the bookstore. ‎ He left the house with a light heart, expecting to buy the books. As he ran down the street, he saw a poor family. ‎ ‎“I wish you a happy  New Year.” said Edward, as he was happily passing on. The man shook his head. ‎ ‎“You are not from this country? ” said Edward. The man again shook his head, for he could not understand or speak his language. But he pointed to his mouth, and to the children shaking with cold, as if (好像)to say, “These little ones have had nothing to eat for a long time”‎ Edward quickly understood that these poor people were in trouble. He took out his dollars, and gave one to the man and the other to his wife. ‎ They were excited and said something in their language, which doubtless meant, “We thank you so much that we will remember you all the time.”‎ When Edward came home, his father asked what books he had bought. He hung his head a moment, but quickly looked up. ‎ ‎“I have bought no books,” said he, “I gave my money to some poor people, who seemed to be very hungry then.” He went on, “I think I can wait for my books till next New Year.” ‎ ‎ “My dear boy,” said his father, “Here are some books, more as a reward for your goodness of heart than as a New-Year gift”.‎ ‎“I saw you give the money cheerfully to the poor German family. It was nice for a little boy to do so. Be always ready to help others and every year of your life will be to you a Happy New Year.”‎ ‎1.Edward expected to ________ with the money he got from his father.‎ A. help the poor family B. buy something to eat C. buy some pretty books D. learn another language ‎2.Why did the poor man shake his head when Edward spoke to him?‎ A. He couldn’t understand the boy. B. He wouldn’t accept the money.‎ C. He didn’t like the boy’s language. D. He was too cold to say anything.‎ ‎3.How much did Edward give the poor family?‎ A. One dollar. B. Two dollars. C. Three dollars. D. Four dollars.‎ ‎4.We know that Edward ________ from the passage.‎ A. got a prize for his kind heart B. had to buy his books next year C. bought the books at the bookstore D. got more money from his father ‎（一三三）河北省 ‎“Volunteering makes you look at the world differently. You see how little things can change a person’s life for the better, which makes everyone a better person.” Mason, a volunteer said.‎ National Volunteer Week started in 1974 and is held every April. It is a time to thank volunteers for their achievements. It is also a perfect opportunity (机会) to encourage others to take their first step toward becoming a volunteer. Making the decision to take the first step can be the biggest problem, because they often wonder if they will be able to meet the organization’s expectations (期望). Some people fear not knowing anyone else in the group. Not having enough time also prevents some from sharing their abilities.‎ The following tips can help if you have some of these worries.‎ ‎★ Start out slowly, don’t add too much pressure. Even a few hours a month can make a big difference in someone’s life.‎ ‎★ Choose an organization with the same interests and common values.‎ ‎★ Take part in a training meeting for new volunteers, even if it is not asked.‎ ‎★ Work with a veteran volunteer. He volunteered a lot, he can help you increase the confidence and completely understand the organization’s expectations.‎ ‎★ Invite a friend or family member to serve. It is a good experience to volunteer with them.‎ ‎★ Finally, it is most important to enjoy the volunteer experience and to remember that not all volunteer experiences are perfect. If one experience doesn’t work, don’t give up and you’ll surely find the right opportunity.‎ Spend some time on volunteer work and you will see great changes in people’s lives. As Mason discovered during his volunteer experience, “…little things can change a person’s life.”‎ ‎1.Volunteering can help_________.‎ A. make a decision B. see the world clearly C. thank other people D. make person’s life better ‎2.What could be the reason to stop people taking the first step?‎ A. They don’t have enough time. ‎ B. They are prevented by their families.‎ C. They fear that their abilities are shared. ‎ D. They don’t expect to become volunteers.‎ ‎3.Which of the following can help people take the first step?‎ A. Start out quickly. B. Organize a training meeting.‎ C. Invite a friend to be with them. D. Join in a group with different values.‎ ‎4.The underlined word “veteran” in the passage means “_________”.‎ A. polite B. humorous C. young D. experienced ‎5.What is the main idea of the passage?‎ A. To tell people to make changes in their lives.‎ B. To encourage people to start their volunteering.‎ C. How to make great achievements in volunteering.‎ D. How to keep on volunteering whatever happened.‎ ‎（一三四）河北省 Dear sir,‎ ‎ I ordered a skirt from you last month, but there are some problems with it. First, the color is not as green as it is shown on your website. I understand that the picture does not always show the real color, but it should nor be that different. Second, I asked for Size M because it is the size I usually wear. But your Size M is so small that I have to give it to my younger sister. ‎ ‎ I think you should be more serious about your business. ‎ ‎ Truly ‎ Susan Rosen ‎ Dear Ms. Rosen,‎ ‎ Thank you for telling us the problems with your order. We hope we can give you better service. We are sending you another skirt with this letter. It is Size L, and its green color is brighter than the one you had. We hope you like it. ‎ ‎ Our office hours are 9:00 a.m.—5:00 p.m. Please call us if you have any more questions. ‎ Yours truly Victor Smith ‎ ‎1.Why did Susan Rosen write the letter?‎ A. To say sorry to her sister. B. To show the picture to Smith.‎ C. To tell her problem to a friend. D. To talk about what she bought.‎ ‎2.What did Victor Smith do for Susan Rosen?‎ A. He helped her cancel the order. B. He sent her a new skirt.‎ C. He asked her to visit the office. D. He called her for another color.‎ ‎（一三五）江西 Science museum ‎(The Science of Survival, IMAX&SIMEX)‎ The Science Museum has something for everyone. Entry to the museum is free. Offer applies to IMAX 3D Cinema, SIMEX and The Science of Survival exhibition only.‎ IMAX ￡7.50‎ SIMEX ￡4.00‎ The Science of Survival ￡6.00‎ Opening Times: Daily 10: 00-18: 00 Visit Time: 2 hours National Gallery Opening Times:‎ Daily 10am-7pm Wednesday until 9 pm Admission:‎ ‎￡8 adults. ￡4 students, under 12s free Tickets:‎ Available daily from 10 am Telephone: 020 7747 2885‎ Visituswww.nationalgallery.com ZSL London Z There are over 12, 000 amazing animals for you to see. These are just a few things which make a visit to ZSL London Zoo a great day.‎ Ticket Price: ￡ 17.00‎ Opening Times: Daily 10: 00-17: 30‎ Visit Time: 4 hours ‎1.How much does the ticket to ZSL London Zoo cost?‎ A. ￡8.00.‎ B. ￡17.50.‎ C. ￡17.00.‎ D. ￡7.50.‎ ‎2.Where is the Science of Survival exhibition held?‎ A. At the National gallery B. At the Science Museum C. At ZSL London zoo D. At IMAX 3D Cinema ‎3.How long is the National Gallery open on Wednesday?‎ A. 4 hours B. 8 hours C. 7 hours D. 11 hours ‎（一三六）江西 Every year on 15th October, over 200 million people around the world take part in Global Handwashing Day. But why do we have a day for something we do all the time? Well, research shows that not enough people often wash their hands with soap. Experts believe that this leads to the deaths of millions of people every year.‎ Sidibe, a public health expert says soap is the most beautiful invention in public health'. Washing your hands with soap can have a huge impact on reducing (减少) the spread of diseases. Handwashing with soap prevents babies from getting ill and keeps children healthy and in school.‎ However, washing hands with soap does not happen as often as you might think. This is partly because there aren't enough resources (资源) in poorer countries, but it's also because for many people, handwashing is simply not part of their everyday life. It's not easy to get people to change habits they learned in early childhood -- but this is what Global Handwashing Day wants to do.‎ In 2008, the Indian cricket team joined around 100 million Indian schoolchildren in washing their hands to promote (促进) the first ever Global Handwashing Day. Every year since then, many different events have been ‎ held around the world. In 2014. Global Handwashing Day was used in the fight against Ebola, a very serious disease, with events held in affected (受感染的) African countries.‎ Today, local and national leaders continue to use the day to spread the message about the importance of clean hands. The hope is that handwashing becomes a necessary part of people's lives and improves the health of millions around the world.‎ ‎1.Who started Global Handwashing Day?‎ A. Public health experts.‎ B. The Indians.‎ C. African schoolchildren.‎ D. Government leaders.‎ ‎2.What does the underlined word "impact" mean?‎ A. Danger.‎ B. Influence.‎ C. Background.‎ D. Problem.‎ ‎3.What's the main idea of the last paragraph?‎ A. Washing hands with soap is good for public health.‎ B. Washing hands with soap doesn't become part of people's lives.‎ C. People are holding many different events to fight against diseases.‎ D. People all over the world are encouraged to wash hands with soap.‎ ‎4.What would be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Learning to Use Soap.‎ B. Fighting Against Diseases.‎ C. Living a Healthy Life.‎ D. Changing Your Habits.‎ ‎【答案】‎ ‎1.B ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.A ‎【解析】试题分析：这是一篇说明文，文章主要讲述了全球洗手日对清洁双手的促进作用，借全球洗手日来表现清洁双手对人体健康的重要意义。‎ ‎1.题意：谁开始了全球洗手日？考查细节理解题。根据第四段In 2008, the Indian cricket team joined around 100 million Indian schoolchildren in washing their hands to promote the first ever Global Handwashing Day.，目的是促进第一个Global Handwashing Day，可知选B。‎ ‎2.题意：下划线单词“impact”是什么意思？考查词义理解题。根据第二段Washing your hands with soap can have a huge impact on reducing the spread of diseases. Handwashing with soap prevents babies from getting ill and keeps children healthy and in school.减少疾病传播是好事，可排除AD两项；而C项说的是背景，不合文意，故选B。‎ ‎3.题意：最后一段的主要内容是什么？考查细节理解题。A. Washing hands with soap is good for public health.用肥皂洗手有益于公众健康。B. Washing hands with soap doesn't become part of people's lives.用肥皂洗手不会成为人们生活的一部分。C. People are holding many different events to fight against diseases.人们正在举行许多不同的事件来对抗疾病。D. People all over the world are encouraged to wash hands with soap.世界各地的人们都被鼓励用肥皂洗手。根据本段内容，讲的是领导继续使用Global Handwashing Day，传播洗手的重要性，可知选D。‎ ‎4.题意：这篇文章最好的标题是什么？考查主旨理解题。A. Learning to Use Soap. 学习使用肥皂；符合文意，说法正确。B. Fighting Against Diseases.对抗疾病；不合文意，说法错误。C. Living a Healthy Life. 过上健康的生活；范围过大，不合实际，说法错误。D. Changing Your Habits.改变你的习惯；范围过大，不合实际，说法错误。根据文意，讲的是Global Handwashing Day，强调用水洗手的重要性，故选A。‎ ‎（一三七）江西 A young woman turns around and around quickly, and jumps high. In the background, a young girl reads a rejection (拒绝) letter from a ballet school. You have the wrong body for ballet, 'it says,' and at thirteen, you are too old. This was one of the most popular advertisements (广告) of 2014 and it describes American ballet Theatre's principal (主要的) dancer Misty Copeland.‎ This was not a real letter. But Copeland says it is very similar to letters from her childhood. While many dancers start at the age of three. Copeland only began to study ballet in 1995 as a thirteen-year-old. People often told her that she was too old, or that she didn't have the perfect body type (She is only 157 cm tall). Her family ‎ moved a lot, and it was sometimes difficult for her to attend ballet classes. But Copeland loved dancing and did not want to give up. She stayed with her ballet teacher during the week and spent time with her family only at the weekend. This was a difficult life, but she worked hard and won her first national competition when she was fourteen years old. Copeland joined the American Ballet Theatre in 2000 and performed in many ballets over the next few years. In 2007, she became a solo (单独的) performer, and in 2015 she became its principal dancer.‎ Copeland is now a dancer, author and Broadway performer. She also stars in the 2015 film A Ballerina's Tale. So what's next? According to Copeland, anything is possible: "My career (职业) really is just now beginning.'‎ ‎1.How old was Copeland when she became the principal dancer?‎ A. 13‎ B. 14‎ C. 25‎ D. 33‎ ‎2.Why was it difficult for Copeland to attend ballet classes?‎ A. Because her family moved a lot.‎ B. Because she was not a good dancer.‎ C. Because she had no invitation letter.‎ D. Because she had the wrong body type.‎ ‎3.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. Copeland became successful because of the advertisement.‎ B. Copeland had to spend a lot of time away from her parents.‎ C. Copeland won her first national competition as a solo performer.‎ D. Copeland has ended up her career as an actress on Broadway.‎ ‎4.What's the writer’s opinion of Copeland?‎ A. Copeland sets an example who never gives up.‎ B. Copeland was too old to start ballet at thirteen.‎ C. Copeland has made her achievements by accident.‎ D. Copeland was lucky to get support from the ballet school.‎ ‎（一三八）江西 Many people say dolphins are intelligent. They seem to be able to think, understand and learn things quickly. But are they as smart as humans, or are they more like cats and dogs? Dolphins use their brains quite differently from the way humans do. But scientists say dolphins and humans are very similar in some ways. How?‎ Like humans, every dolphin has its own "name". The name is a special whistle (哨声). Each dolphin chooses a specific (特有的) whistle for itself, usually by its first birthday Dolphins are like people in other ways, too. They "talk" to each other about a lot of things-such as their age, their feelings, and finding food. They also use a system of sounds and body language to communicate. Understanding dolphin conversation is not easy for humans. No one "speaks dolphin" yet, but some scientists are trying to learn.‎ Dolphins are also social animals. They live in groups called pods, and they often join others from different pods to play games and have fun--just like people. Scientists believe playing together is something only intelligent animals do.‎ Dolphins and humans are similar in another way: both species make plans for getting things they want. In the seas of southern Brazil, for example, dolphins use an intelligent plan to get food. When there are fish near a boat, dolphins signal (发信号) to the fishermen to put their nets in the water. Using this method, the men can catch a lot of fish. Why do dolphins help the men? There is an advantage for them they get to eat some of the fish that escape (逃脱) from the net.‎ ‎1.What is a dolphin's “name”?‎ A. It is a kind of game.‎ B. It is a body sign.‎ C. It is a dolphin’s age.‎ D. It is a specific sound.‎ ‎2.What does the underlined word "others" refer to?‎ A. Other fishes.‎ B. Other people C. Other dolphins D. Other games ‎3.What can we infer from the passage?‎ A. Some scientists can understand dolphins system of sounds.‎ B. Dolphins probably help fishermen by using their body language.‎ C. Humans join dolphins' groups to get things we want. ‎ D. Dolphins can talk to humans about their age and their feelings. ‎ ‎4.What's the main idea of the passage?‎ A. Dolphins can communicate with each other at birth.‎ B. Dolphins are social animals because they play together.‎ C. Dolphins are smart and are like humans in some ways.‎ D. Dolphins help humans do many things like catching fish.‎ ‎（一三九）天津市 Dear Susan,‎ How are you? I’m going to visit Hong Kong with Mum and Dad next month. We’ll arrive on the second of August. it's so exciting! We can meet each other soon!‎ I will spend a day in Ocean Park on the third of August. I know that you’ve visited Ocean Park many times before. Can you give me some advice on what to see in Ocean Park?‎ I would also like to visit you at your home on the fourth of August. Are you free on that day? I’ve bought a present for you. I think you’ll love it.‎ By the way. would you like to go to Disney land with me? I really want to take some photos with you in Disneyland You know I love the famous cartoon characters of Disney such as Snow White and Mickey Mouse very much. I know you love them too.‎ When can you go to Disneyland with me? Please let me know. I'll stay until the ninth of August and go back to England on that day See you soon Love Lily ‎1.When will Lily arrive in Hong Kong?‎ A. On the second of August B. On the third of August C. On the fourth of August D. On the ninth of August ‎2.How long will Lily spend in Ocean Park?‎ A. Half a day B. One day C. One and a half days D. Two days ‎3.What will Lily do on the fourth of August?‎ A. Buy a present B. Visit Ocean Park C. Go back to England D. Visit Susan at her home ‎4.What will Lily do in Disney land?‎ A. Take photos B. Watch a cartoon C. See a film of Mickey Mouse D. Read the story of Snow White ‎5.Lily wants to know_______‎ A. if Susan has received her present B. when she will go back to England C. if Susan can meet her at the airport D. when Susan can go to Disney land with her ‎（一四0）天津市 In the 13th century. Marco Polo the world known Italian travelled saw many wonderful things in China. One of the things he discovered was money made of paper. People in the West did not have such kind of money until the I5th century. However the Chinese began to use it in the 7th century Paper was invented by a Chinese man called Cai Lun almost 2,000 years ago. But it was not made in Europe until the year I 100. Four hundred years later, a German discovered that he could make the best paper from trees. After that countries rich in forests, such as Canada Sweden. America. Finland became the most important ones in paper making Paper can be used in many ways. The common uses include newspapers magazines and books. But do you know that paper can be used for keeping warm? In Finland. the farmers wear paper boots to keep their feet warm in the snow. And even houses can be insulated(使绝缘)from heat or cold with paper.‎ However. we have to understand that paper still comes from trees now. If we keep on wasting so much paper, there will not be any trees left on the earth some day in the near future. Every day people throw away about 2, 800 tons of paper in our city. It takes 17 trees to make one ton of paper. This means that we are cutting down nearly 48.000 trees every day. The fact is that it takes more than 10 years for a tree to grow.‎ So we must start saving paper right now. We can use both sides of every piece of paper. We can make useful things out of used paper. We can use china cups instead of paper ones. When shopping, we can use fewer paper bags and reuse them if we have some In short, we should keep a balance (平衡)between using paper and protecting trees, and do it now before it is too late.‎ ‎1.When did the Chinese begin to use paper money?‎ A. In the 5th centum B. In the 6th century C. In the 7th centum D. In the 15th century ‎2.Why did Canada become an important country in paper making?‎ A. Because it was a large country B. Because it had lots of forests C. Because it was a very rich country D. Because the inventor was from Canada ‎3.In Finland. paper is used for______.‎ A. making beds B. reducing waste C. making umbrellas D. keeping warm ‎4.According to the passage. how many trees are needed to make one ton of paper?‎ A. 10 B. 17. C. 2,800 D. 48,000‎ ‎5.Paragraph 5 mainly talks about______‎ A. how paper boots are made B. how paper was invented C. how we can save paper D. how we can make useful things ‎（一四一）天津市 I did something wrong today.‎ While at the beach this afternoon. I met a boy called Bob We talked a lot. He said that it was fun playing on the cliffs (悬崖). I told him that I was not allowed to go near that place( Mum and Dad had always told me it was dangerous to play there). He called me a coward. I wanted to prove to him that I was just as brave, so I agreed to go with him We wanted to make our way down to explore (探索)the area. so Bob started to climb down and I followed him. Unluckily. some rocks came down after us. One of them nearly hit my head. We could not get back up. We shouted and shouted for help. but for a long time no help came. I was really scared. I wanted to cry. Then, we ‎ heard some sounds. Someone had heard us. A woman tied (系 )a rope around herself while a man at the cliff top held the rope. She made her way down to save us.‎ My parents were relieved (宽慰的)that I was unhurt, but they were angry that I had done such a risky thing. I apologized and promised that I would not do anything like that again ‎1.Where did the writer meet Bob?‎ A. At school B. In the park C. At the beach D. On the cliffs ‎2.In Paragraph 2. “a coward” means______‎ A. a person who is not brave B. a person who is not clever C. a person who is not strong D. a person who is not polite ‎3.What had the writer s parents always warned him about?‎ A. The wind was very strong B. The beach was too far away C. The cliffs were not a safe place D. Bob was difficult to get on with ‎4.Put the sentences in the right order according to the passage a. Some rocks came down b. The writer followed Bob c. The writer wanted to cry d. A man and a woman saved them e. The writer and Bob heard some sounds A. a-b-c-d-e B. b-a-c-e-d C. a-c-b-e-d D. b-c-a-e-d ‎5 .How did the writer feel about what he had done?‎ A. Surprised B. Excited C. Glad D. Sorry ‎（一四二）湖南省常德市 It came as a real shock(震惊) to find out that chickens could tell what color they were eating.‎ I picked up a package of mixed greens one day. I anxiously brought it home and immediately took a trip out ‎ to the chicken house to deliver(递送) it. I knew the girls would welcome the treat!‎ My chickens have their regular gravity-type feeder for their grain(谷物), and I have a large plastic dog dish that I use for those special treats.‎ I emptied the bag of greens into the dog dish and stood back, as I usually do, to watch for a minute. I began to notice that the chickens were eating the green lettuce（莴苣）but were leaving the red leaves. I though it must be mistaken, but I didn’t have time to find out for sure right then.‎ When I went back a short time later, the dish was empty except for the red leaves. The chickens didn’t eat them with the red leaves. It took several hours, but they finally did eat it. I guess if they had their druthers(偏爱), they’d choose for green leaves only. Red leaves only satisfy in the absence of greens.‎ ‎1.The word “girls”in the second paragraph means “________”‎ A. chickens B. greens C. colors ‎2.What was used to feed the chicken as the special treat?‎ A. A heavy feeder B. A big plastic dog dish C. A special plate ‎3.What does the author usually do when feeding the chickens?‎ A. He often watches them eating for a while.‎ B. He usually offers some water for the chicken.‎ C. He often leaves first and then comes back to have a look.‎ ‎4.How did the author feel when he found the chickens could tell the food color?‎ A. Very interesting B. Quite pleased C. very surprised ‎（一四三）湖南省常德市 Have you ever wondered about the secret life of the tasty lobster(龙虾)？In the sea, it is yellow, orange,grey,green, brown or even blue. Cooking turns it red.‎ Lobsters are nocturnal creatures(夜行物)，so it is best to hunt(捕捉) them at night when they are active. You can catch lobster by hand, but you should wear thick gloves because lobster’s claws are strong. A very large lobster could break your finger.‎ Interestingly, in the past, lobsters were only served to prisoners as they were considered as a poor man’s food. Nowadays, lobsters are an expensive and popular dish.‎ ‎1.What color is the lobster when cooked?‎ A. Blue B. Red C. Yellow ‎2.When is the best time to hunt the lobster?‎ A. In the morning B. In the afternoon C. At night ‎3.Can people catch the lobster by hand?‎ A. Yes, they can B. No, they can’t C. Not mentioned ‎4.What is interesting about the lobster?‎ A. The lobster is colorful in the sea.‎ B. The lobster is active during the night.‎ C. People seldom considered the lobster as good dish in the past.‎ ‎（一四四）湖南省常德市 It is the world's most well-known and popular song. It has been sung hundreds of millions of times each year. It has been heard in outer space, at baseball stadiums, in movies and in domiciles(住处)from the White House to the most remote(遥远的) backwoods shack(窝棚) in Misissippi. It has been wired into millions of music boxes, greeting cards, watches, toys, games and other tune-playing products. And it is the only song in the English language to make people of all ages smile and sing along. The song, of course, is Happy Birthday to You".‎ This amazing song began its life in 1893. Written by two sisters from Kentucky, Mildred and Patty Hill, it was originally (起初) named “Good Morning to All”, and intended as a classroom greeting from teachers to students:‎ Good morning to you Good morning to you Good morning, dear children Good morning to all.‎ To this day, no one knows for sure who wrote the new words to Hill’s melody(旋律),or exactly when it happened. “Happy Birthday to You” first appeared in a songbook in1924.The words were presented as the second stanza(节) to "Good morning to You".‎ ‎1.in the first paragraph, “wired” means“_____”in Chinese.‎ A. 布线 B. 连线 C. 灌制 ‎2.“Good Morning to All'”was written_______.‎ A. for teachers to greet students B. for students to greet teachers C. for teachers and students to greet each other ‎3.From the last paragraph, we can tell_______.‎ A. exactly who wrote the new words for Hill's melody B. for sure when the new words for Hill's melody were written C. “Happy Birthday to You" and "Good Morning to You were sung together in 1924‎ ‎4.What’s the best title (标题) for this passage?‎ A. Good Morning to You B. Happy Birthday to You C. Happy Birthday to You and Good Morning to You ‎（一四五）湖南省常德市 It is increasingly popular for Chinese young people to share their experiences on Social media(媒体), such as the "moments"'(朋友圈)on popular instant messaging service WeChat ‎“I have been reading ‘Jane Eyre’ for 40 days with 48, 000 words finished," Li Anqi said. Li has been sharing her reading experience on WeChat moments every day since January Working in Yinchuan, capital of Northwest China’s Ningxia, Li wants to learn English very much, but cannot bare (摆脱) the daily grind(日常工作) of school lessons.‎ ‎“I found many of my WeChat friends had been reading books or learning English on mobile reading apps, and I did not want to fall behind,” Li said.‎ In January, she spent more than 100 yuan purchasing( 购买) an online reading class at the Bohe Reading app, which tells customers they can: “Finish reading your first English book here.”‎ At the reading class, teachers assign reading homework and give instructions to 430 class members every day.‎ A survey report released(发布) on Thursday said 70.9 percent of primary and middle students in China use the Wechat instant messaging App.‎ At the same time, 75.9 percent of Chinese children have their own mobile phones, according to China ‎ National Children’s Center.‎ The figures were based on a survey of nearly 9000 children across China.‎ However, 28.8 percent of them never read news online and 43.2 percent have never touched newspapers.‎ The center called for efforts to address the digital divide between urban and rural education and protect children’s privacy(隐私) as Internet users.‎ ‎1.In the second paragraph, Jane Eyre is _______.‎ A. a book B. an advertisement C. a piece of news ‎2.What’s Li Anqi?‎ A. A worker B. A doctor C. A teacher ‎3.Why is Li Anqi taken as an example?‎ A. To suggest that experience-sharing on social media is getting more and more popular in China.‎ B. To advise us to take an online English reading course like her.‎ C. To call for us to be a good reader like her.‎ ‎4.What percentage of Chinese children have their own mobile phones?‎ A. 70.9 percent B. 75.9 percent C. 43.2 percent ‎（一四六）湖南省常德市 ‎“Happiness is not so much in having as sharing. We make a living by what we get, but we make a life by what we give. This website wouldn’t exist(存在) without your contributions(贡献). Thank you!”‎ The following files(文件) were upoload(上传) by teachers and language experts(专家). We thank them for contributing to the development of this website. If you decide to submit(提交) a file, please consider the following points:‎ First, you must register and log in.‎ Upload only EFL and ESL files:lesson plan, quizzes,tests…‎ Fill all the filed carefully. Provide a title and a description.‎ Only 200 kilobytes are allowed.‎ Examples of allowed file extensions are ‘doc’, ‘pdf’, ‘ppt’, ‘docx’, ‘docm’, ‘pps’, ‘ppts’‎ Upload files will await moderation before publication.‎ ‎1.What does the author(作者) mean in the first paragraph?‎ A. To have is happier than to share.‎ B. To share is happier than to have.‎ C. To make a living is happier than to make a life.‎ ‎2.In the second paragraph, “them” refer to（指）“________”.‎ A. Teachers B. Language experts C. Teachers and language experts.‎ ‎3.How many points do you have to follow if you want to upload a file?‎ A. 5 B. 6 C. 7‎ ‎4.This passage is taken from_________.‎ A. a website B. a magzine C. a book ‎（一四七）湖北省宣昌市 I'm not much of a crier most of the time. But recently when I was reading a book on a plane, I started crying. Of course, it came as a big surprise when tears came up, no matter how hard I tried, I wasn’t able to control myself.‎ Oh no, not this now. I thought to myself. But even as the thought entered my brain. I felt the first hot drop of salty water coming down my face. I put my head down, hoping that I could go on reading.‎ In fact, the harder I tried, the more tears pushed their way out of my eyes. You could guess how surprised the man next to me looked.‎ I dropped my head in shame. He must think I was crazy. May be I could turn toward him, hold up the cover of the book and say in my crying voice. "I'm sorry, sir. It's just a really good book! "But I didn't say anything. Instead, I just put my head back against the seat and let the tears run. Do you know what decision I made while I ‎ was crying? My decision was that it was okay if he thought I was crazy. I'd rather be crazy than be the kind of person who wouldn't cry when the situation called for it, or who wouldn't let herself feel anything at all.‎ I’ve been that girl who has spent so much time trying to make sure people didn’t think I was crazy. But now I don’t want to be that girl any more ---that bored and sad girl. I'd rather be this girl who is able to forgive(原谅), love and act, even if it means being disappointed or being hurt again and again.‎ ‎1.The writer started crying because____________.‎ A. she is usually a crier B. she is kind of crazy C. she was moved by the book D. she felt uneasy on the plane ‎2.When tears came up, the writer at first____________.‎ A. thought deeply B. went on reading C. tried to control herself D. explained to the man beside her ‎3.As tears got out of her eyes, the writer did NOT______________.‎ A. drop her head shamefully B. think about others' feelings C. let her head against the seat D. say sorry to anyone in a crying voice ‎4.According to the passage, we know the writer ____________.‎ A. decided to change herself bravely B. lived a sad and boring life C. wouldn't cry in any terrible situation D. wouldn't let others feel anything at all ‎5.The passage mainly tells us ____________.‎ A. why the writer cried hard on the plane B. how the writer tried to stop herself crying C. what the writer thought about while she cried D. how the writer overcame herself and decided to change ‎（一四八）湖北省宣昌市 Is there an important exam right around the comer? You might be starting to fear, thinking that there' s no way for you to get a good grade because of the little time left to study. This is something all students may worry about. But you should accept the fact that you have to take the exam no matter how much you want to avoid it.‎ Thankfully, there are several ways to help you get at least a passing grade. You may have a try.‎ Get yourself together.‎ This might sound like silly advice, but it's actually the most important. When you fear, you may lose control over your thoughts and actions Even if you try to study, perhaps you won’t get anything in your head.‎ Enjoy enough sleep.‎ It's unbelievable many students have little sleep each night. That’s not something to be proud of, especially if you're sleeping so little and still failing to do all the things Sleep isn't for the weak, but for the wise. Your brain needs enough rest. After a good night's sleep, you'll perform much better in the morning.‎ Don’t fear.‎ Once the test paper is in front of you don't be afraid. Take a deep breath and start the exam with confidence(信心). Just like when you were reviewing, put away the problems you’re having difficulty in and come back to them later. If you have time left, go over everything to make sure you haven’t made any careless mistakes.‎ ‎1.In the writers opinion, whenever there's an important exam,___________.‎ A. students might experience a period of fear B. students will have little time to worry C. students should try everything possible to avoid it D. students have to ask teachers for more help ‎2.The writer describes "get yourself together" as silly advice because___________.‎ A. it won't influence your thoughts B. it is one of the common senses C. it is not the most important suggestion D. it won’t help you get anything in your head ‎3.Enough sleep before an important exam is____________.‎ A. the pride of the weak B. not something to be proud of C. not necessary for the wise D. a way to avoid failing in exams ‎4.When you meet with difficult problems in the exam, you can__________.‎ A. give them up and take a deep breath B. think hard and review them once again C. put them away first and come back later D. just trust yourself and look through the paper ‎5.According to the passage, you may get at least the passing grade if ____________.‎ A. you fear nothing B. you follow the writer's advice C. the problems are not difficult D. the preparation time lasts longer ‎（一四九）安徽省 Children's Games in Ancient China During ancient times, children didnt have much to enjoy themselves. However, they came up with interesting games to play in their childhood.‎ Kicking stone balls During the Qing Dynasty, kicking a stone ball around was a popular game in the northern part of China, and it was often played in winter to keep warm.‎ Playing hide and-seek Hide-and-seek is a traditional game for children, popular around the nation. There are two ways to play: covering a child's eyes while other kids run around to tease (戏弄) him or, more commonly, others hide and one child must try to find them.‎ Flying kites Kites have quite a long history. The earliest kites were made of wood, instead of paper. The three most famous kites are the Beijing kite, Tianjin kite and Weifang kite. Each has its own feature. For example, the bird-shaped kite with long wings is a special kind of the Beijing kite.‎ Watching shadow plays (皮影戏)‎ The closest thing to watching a film during ancient times was going to see a shadow play. The artists control puppets (木偶) behind the screen and tell stories to the music.‎ ‎1. According to the text, the game of kicking a stone ball was _______‎ A. played in summer B. like flying kites C. invented in Beijing D. popular in North China ‎2. How is hide-and-seek usually played?‎ A. One plays and others watch.‎ B. Others laugh and one must cry.‎ C. Others hide and one tries to find.‎ D. One runs and others try to catch.‎ ‎3. What does the underlined word "feature”mean in the text?‎ A. 特征 B. 地貌 C. 五官 D. 影片 ‎4. Which ancient game is like watching a film?‎ A. Kicking stone balls. B. Flying kites.‎ C. Playing hide and-seek. D. Watching shadow plays.‎ ‎（一五0）安徽省 Job interviews can be very different from country to country. An interviewer's "body language" and questions, and the form of an interview are not the same around the world.‎ If you're at a job interview in Japan, don't look directly into the eyes of the interviewer. It is considered impolite. But if you're at an interview in the US, you should make eye contact(交流) with the interviewer.If you don't, the interviewer may think you are not sure about your ability.‎ In the US and some other countries, interviewers aren't supposed to ask questions about family and personal information.In most countries, however, personal questions are very common during job interviews.‎ In Germany, your interview might begin with a very short conversation followed by a formal (正式的) interview. In Mexico and many other countries, the whole interview might not be formal.‎ ‎1.In Japan, looking directly into the eyes of the interviewer is ______.‎ A. boring B. impolite C. humorous D. dangerous ‎2.What is suggested at an interview in the US according to the text?‎ A. Sitting by the interviewer. B. Making eye contact.‎ C. Talking about family background. D. Asking personal information.‎ ‎3.In_____，a short talk usually begins before a formal interview.‎ A. Japan B. the US C. Germany D. Mexico、‎ ‎4.In which part of a magazine can we read the text?‎ A. Science. B. Geography. C. Culture. D. Sports.‎ ‎（一五一）安徽省 Would you like to live in a city where buildings turn the lights off for you, and self-driving cars will find the nearest parking space themselves? Although it might sound a lttle far from you, living in a "smart" city like this could happen sooner than you think.‎ Great changes have taken place in towns that we have lived in for centuries, while completely new cities are being built. One such place is the city of Songdo. Every home there will have a "telepresence system(远程遥控系统)-- allowing users to control the heating and locks, take part in video meetings, and receive education, health care and government services. Around the city, escalators ( 自动扶梯 ) will only move when someone is on them, and offices and schools will all be connected to the system.‎ The great mind behind Songdo is from the company Cisco. In fact, technology companies around the world such as IBM, Siemens and Microsoft are already in the business.‎ ‎ About 75% of the world's population will live in cities by 2050, so cities will need to be more modern to deal with the coming problems. Making cities smarter is one way out, and I think this will in turn make cities greener, said Dan Hill, head of a research company.‎ ‎1.According to the text, living in a "smart" city ______‎ A. is not a green way B. will be far from you C. will soon become true D. is completely impossible ‎2.What is Paragraph 2 mainly about?‎ A. A city of the future. B. A meeting in Songdo.‎ C. A plan to build a house. D. A report on public health.‎ ‎3.Which company offers the great mind to build Songdo?‎ A. Cisco. B. IBM. C. Siemens.yagnoOLED D. Microsoft.‎ ‎4.Dan Hill thinks that making cities smarter is one way to______.‎ A. drive people out of cities B. control the world's population ‎ C. develop his own company D. solve the cities' coming problems ‎5.Which of the following might be the best title for the text?‎ A. Future Education B. Smart Cities ‎ C. Government Services D. Famous Companies ‎（一五二）安徽省 It's a cold, grey Sunday afternoon in March. The British are all working in their gardens. They're digging, cutting leaves and planting new seeds (种子)，By summer, their gardens will be full of bright colours.‎ The British love their gardens. A British newspaper recently asked people for their opinions about them. Around 70% of the people felt it was important to spend time in the garden, and over 50% of these described gardening as the most enjoyable thing .they ever did.‎ ‎ Only one in ten houses in Britain do not have a garden. People who live in houses without gardens often rent (租用) land from the government.‎ At first, only very rich people had gardens. You can still see the gardens around houses with a long history, such as Chatsworth House or Castle Howard. In the early twentieth century, however, gardening became a hobby. People bought different kinds of seeds and plants for their gardens. Although roses, sunflowers and tomatoes are often grown in British gardens, they originally (起初) grew wild in other countries.‎ Every year, there are competitions for the largest vegetables, but don't expect to win: Britain's biggest carrot is almost six metres long.‎ ‎1.In summer, British gardens are often ______‎ A. full of people digging there B. colorful with different plants C. too hot for people to work there D. covered with grey leaves and plants ‎2.A recent survey showed that ______ of the British felt it important to do some gardening.A. around 70% B. over 50% C. only 20% D. about 10%‎ ‎3.We can infer from Paragraph 4 that ________‎ A. seeds were provided for free B. roses were first grown in Britain C. gardening is a hobby in the world D. the owner of Chatsworth House was rich ‎4.What does the writer mean by the underlined sentence?‎ A. It is easy to grow big vegetables.‎ B. It is hard to win the competition.‎ C. The carrot is much easier to grow.‎ D. The carrot is his favorite vegetable.‎ ‎（一五三）安徽省 Mr. Reynolds, my teacher, handed us a list of thoughts, and asked us to write a paper on one of those thoughts. I chose the topic I wonder why things are the way they are.‎ I wrote down all the questions that puzzled (困扰) me about life. I realized that many of them were hard to answer, and perhaps others could not be answered at all. When I handed in my paper, I was afraid that I might fail because I did not answer the questions.‎ The next day, Mr. Reynolds handed me the paper and asked me to read it for the class. The other students became quiet as I began to read my story:‎ Mum, why are the roses red? Why is the grass green and the sky blue? Why do I have to graduate(毕业) ? Why do I have to grow up? Why do I have to be called Grandma" one day?.. Dad, why can't I stay out until 12: OO? Why do I miss my old friends? Why do 1 miss being at home?Why do you love me so much?‎ Mum, Dad, why did you have to leave me? I need you. OGANU At the end of my story. I looked at Mr. Reynolds, and I saw a tear slowly coming down his face. Then I realized that life is not built on the answers we receive but on the questions we ask.‎ ‎1.Why was the writer afraid that she might fail? (不超过10个词)‎ ‎2.What did the teacher ask the writer to do for the class? (不超过15个词)‎ ‎3.What did the writer realize at the end of the story? (不超过15个词)‎ ‎（一五四）浙江省温州市 Oats are healthy food. Many families have them for breakfast. The following is the instructions of Golden Oats from America.‎ ‎1.To make three servings of oats, we need one cup of Golden Oats and ______ cups of water.‎ A. two B. three C. five D. six ‎2.Both Oatmeal Cookies and Oatmeal Apple Crisp need _____ .‎ A. milk B. eggs C. salt D. butter ‎3.According to the instructions, we must ______.‎ A. cook the oats before adding water B. cook the oats for at least 4 minutes C. choose the microwave to cook the oats D. add fruits to the oats when cooking them ‎（一五五）浙江省温州市 Diabetes is caused by a group of metabolic disorders in which there are high blood sugar levels over a long period of time. There are three main types of diabetes:‎ Type 1 Diabetes results from the body not having enough insulin.‎ Type 2 Diabetes mainly happens to those who do not have enough physical exercise, eat too much unhealthy food and get too heavy.‎ Gestational Diabetes is the third main form. It appears when a woman is having a baby. She will probably get well again after the birth of the baby.‎ Diabetes can bring serious problems. People with diabetes, especially the Type 1, will easily get thirsty and hungry, and quickly lose weight. If it is not treated, it will develop rapidly (weeks or months), and cause many long-term complications. All the complications relate to damage to blood vessels. For example, damage to the eyes. It is caused by damage to the blood vessels in the eyes, and results in gradual vision loss and blindness. The complications will greatly increase the risk of diabetes, by which about 75% of the deaths are caused.‎ According to a report from the WHO (World Health Organization) in 2015, about 415 million people have diabetes worldwide, which means 8. 3% of the adults in the world have diabetes. Of all the cases, 85% to 90% are Type 2 Diabetes. That is to say, most cases of diabetes result from the unhealthy life style. Diabetes doubles a person's risk of early death. From 2012 to 2015, about 1.5 to 5 million deaths each year resulted from this disease. The global economic cost of diabetes in 2014 was around 612 billion USD.‎ A healthy life style can help prevent diabetes. Doing a lot of physical activities and having a healthy diet will help have normal body weight. Higher levels of physical activity (more than 90 minutes per day) can reduce the risk of diabetes by 28 %. Healthy diet includes foods rich in whole grains and fiber, foods with good fats from nuts, vegetable oils and fish, little sugar, and less red meat.‎ ‎1.Diabetes is ______.‎ A. a serious disease B. a damage to blood vessels C. an unhealthy life style D. an unusual blood sugar levels ‎2.According to the passage, what problem can diabetes cause?‎ A. a person gets too heavy.‎ B. A person doesn’t want to eat.‎ C. A person becomes blind.‎ D. A woman will not have a baby.‎ ‎3.The WHO report (2015) tells us that in the world ______.‎ A. 8.3% of the people have diabetes B. 85% to 90% of the adults have Type 2 Diabetes C. about 1.5 to 5 million people died of diabetes every year D. the economic cost of diabetes was about 612 billion USD in 2014‎ ‎4.Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?‎ A. A Report on Health B. Diabetes and Its Cause C. How to Prevent Diabetes D. Diabetes: Harm and Prevention ‎（一五六）浙江省温州市 Bath, 97 miles west of London, is the largest city in Somerset, England. It became a World Heritage Site in 1987.‎ The city got its name from the Roman Baths, which was a place for public bathing in Roman Britain. The water there is naturally heated under the ground. Today visitors are no longer allowed to enter the water. However, the exhibitions there will tell you the history of the Roman Baths. You can see many ancient Roman objects, including the coins that were thrown into the water to show respect to the goddess.‎ Looking over the city, you will see many old buildings in the color of honey. Among them, the Royal Crescent and the Circus are the most famous. The Royal Crescent is a row of 30 houses in the shape of crescent. The Circus is about 200 meters to the east of the Royal Crescent. It is a huge circle formed with large townhouses. It is divided into three parts of the same length by three entrances with a lawn in the center. When visiting Bath, you can’t miss these two sites.‎ The museums in the city are also popular. You can go and appreciate western paintings. If you are interested in the English writer Jane Austen, you can go to Jane Austen Center to know more about her life with her father in Bath, If you come in October, you can even take part in the bath film Festival.‎ ‎1.The passage is mainly about the ____ in Bath.‎ A. writers B. paintings C. festivals D. buildings ‎2.According to the passage, what can visitors do in the Roman Baths?‎ A. Take a bath.‎ B. Play in the water.‎ C. Enjoy ancient coins.‎ D. Buy ancient Roman objects.‎ ‎3.Which of the following is correct about the Royal Crescent and the Circus?‎ A. B. C. D. ‎ ‎4.Bath is a city ______.‎ A. where Jane Austen once lived B. that got its name from the heated water C. where a film festival is held all year round D. that has been a World Heritage Site for 2l years ‎（一五七）山东省青岛市 Living places The home of the elephant is in the deep forest. It is the largest of all land animals, and is found both in Asia and Africa. One of the main places in Asia where the elephant lives is the island of Ceylon. The huge forests on the island become the home of thousands of elephants. The trees grow thick and tall. They make many parts almost dark, while bright sunlight is above and around them.‎ Living habits The elephant likes the deep part and the coolest places of the forest. There he will stand swinging his ears, to drive away the flies; or he will pull down a branch (树枝) from a tree to fan himself. He likes bathing, and to be near a lake or running water. There he takes in the water with his trunk, and spreads it all over his body.‎ Food The elephant enjoys the fruits in the forest, and also the leaves of the trees. There is plenty of food for him in the forests, though he is not always happy with what he finds there.‎ Way of movement When a group of elephants moves about in the forest, the oldest goes first. The young elephants and their mothers are in the middle, where they are safest. Then all move along with a great noise, the branches of the trees bending and breaking before them. Though the elephant is usually harmless, no one dares to attack (袭击) a group of them moving through the forest.‎ How people treat them In Asia the elephant is trained to work. At one time the African elephant also was trained. Soldiers in ancient times often went to fight on the backs of African elephants. But now the elephant that lives in Africa is illegally (非法地) hunted mainly for its valuable ivory. In order to protect them,‎ governments around the world have developed laws to stop this.‎ ‎1.The elephant likes the part of the forest.‎ A. bright and sunny B. deep and cool C. dry and deep D. wet and sunny ‎2.Elephants like to do the following things except .‎ A. bathing B. having fruits C. eating leaves D. harming people ‎3.Why are young elephants and their mothers in the middle while moving?‎ A. To keep safe. B. To avoid making noises.‎ C. To break the trees. D. To walk faster.‎ ‎4.What is the African elephant now mainly hunted for?‎ A. Working for people. B. Fighting in the army.‎ C. Performing for people. D. Selling for money.‎ ‎5.Which of the following sentences is NOT true according to the passage?‎ A. Many Asian elephants live on the island of Ceylon.‎ B. Elephants drive away the flies by using their ears.‎ C. Elephants are always happy with the food they find in the forest.‎ D. A group of moving elephants make people scared, although they are harmless.‎ ‎（一五八）山东省青岛市 Sometimes people cry when they are sad. Other times people cry tears of joy. But your eyes make tears all the time, whether you are crying or not. Do you know the tears help keep your eyes healthy? They keep your eyes from drying out. A special area of the eye drips (滴) all the time. It keeps the eye humid.‎ If you look in a mirror, you can see tiny holes in the corners of your eyes. Each hole leads to a small tube that runs to your nose. Tears run slowly into this tube drip by drip. Day and night the holes drain (流走) the tears away. If they didn’t, you would always look as if you were crying.‎ If you begin to cry, there are many more tears. The holes can’t drain all of them. Then extra tears run out onto your face.‎ Tears help keep eyes safe. If there is something harmful in the air, the eyes fill with tears. These tears coat ‎ your eyes. They keep the harmful air out.‎ Contact lenses (隐形眼镜) can make the eyes too dry. Some people have to add tears to their eyes.‎ They buy bottles of eye drops to keep their eyes wet.‎ ‎1.Eyes make tears no matter how people feel.‎ ‎2.When you cry, tears run into your nose or onto your face.‎ ‎3.If there is something harmful in the air, tears protect your eyes by covering them.‎ ‎4.Contact lenses make you have more tears in your eyes.‎ ‎5.Tears are harmful to your eyes.‎ ‎（一五九）山东省青岛市 When your dream is to become a footballer and play for Barcelona, nothing should get in your way — even if you have no feet.‎ An 11-year-old schoolboy Gabriel Muniz, who was born without feet, will fly from his home in Brazil to take part in the Spanish club’s summer training camp. Although he is disabled, Muniz is one of the top players at the school and captain of his gym class. He can run, dribble (运球), pass and strike the ball as well as any of his able-bodied teammates. He spends all his spare time on the football pitch.‎ His best friend Lucas Santos spoke about his abilities on a video for The Sun, “He is skillful, he goes after it, he is fearless and he knows how to organize plays. He also makes good passes.” Mum Sandra was thrilled that her son would achieve his dreams. She said, “He started walking before he was one. We would go after him, expecting him to keep falling, but he never fell.” Muniz’s gym teacher added, “He is challenging the social norms (标准). When he arrived there, no one believed in him.” But he showed to everyone that he could play as well as any other boy. So he was invited to go to Spain to show his talent.‎ The Spanish La Liga soccer club has offered to fly Muniz to Spain in September, where he’ll be able to show off his “fancy footwork” and meet his idol, Barça soccer player Lionel Messi.‎ Muniz wears a prosthetic (假体的) ankle and foot to help him get around in rainy weather. He knows that his disability means he’ll never be able to play for a professional football team and so Muniz is hoping that football will one day become a Paralympic (残奥会的) sport.‎ ‎1.Who praised Muniz’s football abilities?‎ A. His idol, Messi. B. His best friend.‎ C. His mum, Sandra. D. His gym teacher.‎ ‎2.The underlined word “thrilled” in paragraph 3 has the similar meaning to .‎ A. excited B. worried C. disappointed D. interested ‎3.The time order of the following sentences is Muniz .‎ ‎① played football well and became captain of his school gym class ‎② could walk without falling when he was very little ‎③ was asked to fly to Spain for a summer training camp A. ①②③ B. ③②① C. ②①③ D. ②③①‎ ‎4.We can tell that Muniz according to the passage.‎ A. has difficulty in living a normal life B. dreams to play for a professional football team C. will play football for the Spanish La Liga soccer club D. hopes that playing football will be part of Paralympic Games.‎ ‎5.Which saying can express the spirit of the passage?‎ A. Failure is the mother of success.‎ B. Never put off tomorrow what we can do today.‎ C. Where there is a will, there is a way.‎ D. A good beginning is half done.‎ ‎（一六0）重庆市A卷 A cup of coffee is a good way for many people to start their day. It can also pass on kindness.‎ Manyang Kher used to be a Sudanese child refugee(难民). When he was three years old, his village was burnt in the war. He was separated from his parents and never saw them again. He became one of the 20,000 young Sudanese who had to leave their home for Ethiopia’s Gambella area. He lived there as a refugee for 13 years.‎ When he was 16, Kher went to the United States. While he was in college, he started a program to help the refugees. Now, he owns a coffee company(公 司) called 734, which is a part of his program.The company has helped more than 200, 000 refugees living in the Gambella area till now. Kher said, “I know the difficulties and ‎ pains they face every day. You see kids die from hunger. You see kids dying of illnesses. You see kids running away from the refugee camp to find a place to be home, but die on the way.”‎ Eighty percent of the money made by the coffee company is used to send more of the children to school. And, as Kher explains, the money helps refugees to belp themselves. For example,a cup of 734 coffee can also buy one fishing net(网)for a refugee. They can fish for themselves.‎ Kher sells the coffee online and to coffee stores. Megan Murphy owns a coffee store in Washington, D.C. She serves 734 coffee in her store and people love it. The coffee tastes delicious, so it’s a win-win on both sides.‎ ‎1.Kher left his home when he was three years old because .‎ A. his parents opened a store B. his village was burnt in the war C. he had to move to the US D. he lost his home in an earthquake ‎2.Kher helps the refugees by .‎ A. making fishing nets B. offering coffee to them C. starting a program D. sending them back home ‎3.The writer wrote the passage to .‎ A. sell 734 coffee and make money B. show his love of 734 coffee C. teach refugees to fish for themselves D. introduce Kher's program ‎（一七0）江苏省连云港市 I spent a lot of time making a large shelf for my cave. I found a big tree and chopped it down. This took three days. Then, I chopped off the branches. This took another two days. After that, I chopped the wood away from one side, and then from the other side. This took more than one month. Altogether it took forty-two days. In England, two men with a good saw could have made six of these shelves from that tree in half a day.‎ I also spent a lot of time looking after my corn and rice crops. I had to protect them from wild animals and birds, so I made a fence around them. I shot some of the birds and hung them up near thecorn. After that, all the other birds stayed away. I used one of the old swords I had taken from the ship to cut down the corn when it was ready. I was very proud of my corn and rice and worked hard to increase my crops. A few years later, I would have enough corn to make bread. I had to find a way to grind the corn into flour, but the rocks on the island were not hard enough. I finally discovered that a very hard piece of wood would do. I used some cloth to separate the meal from the husks. Not having anoven, I made some square pots with lids and covered them with hot ashes. This baked the dough, and I had bread! I made my cave bigger again to hold the corn and flour so that I could ‎ make bread whenever I needed to.‎ I sometimes wondered how I could get to the land which was visible from the other side of the island. I went to the ship’s boat that was blown onto the beach in the shipwreck. However, I could not get it to the water. It was too heavy. I tried many different ways of doing it, but none of them were successful.‎ ‎1.From Paragraph 1, we know that the writer .‎ A. made a foolish mistake in chopping down a big tree B. felt hopeless and couldn’t have made a shelf himself C. spent a long time making a large shelf without a saw D. made a small canoe with the wood he chopped down ‎2.The writer to protect his corn and rice.‎ A. watched out for them day and night B. divided the cave into several different parts C. put some old swords from the ship around them D. built a fence and hung some birds bodies near the corn ‎3.In which order did the writer make bread successfully?‎ a.The writer found a way to grind the corn into flour.‎ b.The writer baked the dough with square pots.‎ c.The writer separated the meal from the husks.‎ d.The writer made some square pots with lids.‎ A. a-c-d-b B. a-d-c-b C. b-d-c-a D. c-b-a-d ‎4.The underlined word “visible” in the last paragraph means .‎ A. 偏僻的 B. 看得见的 C. 模糊的 D. 遥远的 ‎（一八0）江苏省连云港市 Bats are the only mammals that can fly a great distance, but they have another ability. Many bats live a very long time for an animal their size.‎ European researchers are studying bats to understand why they live so long. They hope to make discoveries to fight the aging process (过程) in human beings.‎ Last week, the group of scientists said they had found important biological qualities in some bat species. The ‎ group studied bat chromosomes (染 色 体), a line of genes found in the nucleus(核) ofcells. The scientists were most interested in parts connected to the ends of the chromosomes. They are called telomeres(端 粒). Telomeres protect the ends of chromosomes, which shorten each time a cell divides. Scientists believe this shortening process causes cells to break down. .‎ A report on bats was published this month in the journal Science Advances.‎ Among the leaders of the study was Emma Teeling, a biologist with University College Dublin in Ireland. Teeling said studying long-living mammals that have developed ways to fight aging “is another way to prove the molecular(分 子) basis of extended ‘health length.’” She added that studying bats made scientists able to learn more about the processes “that drive healthy aging.”‎ The European researchers studied 493 bats from four bat species. The group used information that had been gathered over more than 60 years. Of these animals, the greater mouse-eared bat generally lived the longest, an average of 37 years.‎ The scientists said this and a related species, which are grouped together under the name Myotis, had telomeres that did not shorten with age. Another Myotis bat holds the record for oldest age, reaching 41 years.‎ The scientists’ findings suggest that these bats’ cells have the ability to keep and repair their telomeres. This, they said, helps guard against the aging process. Based on its body size, a bat like the greater mouse-eared bat would be expected to live four years. But, these mammals have been found to live nearly 10 times longer than that.‎ The scientists found that Eighteen of these are bats. The only exception is an unusual African rodent, the naked mole rat.‎ ‎1.Which sentence can be put at the end of Paragraph 3?‎ A. This makes scientists able to study bats.‎ B. That’s why bats can fly a great distance.‎ C. They say this is what causes aging.‎ D. They discover the cells connected to humans.‎ ‎2.Why do some species of bats live a very long time?‎ A. Because they have a line of long-living genes out of the cells.‎ B. Because their cells have the ability to keep and repair their telomeres.‎ C. Because they have another ability to live longer without any food or water.‎ D. Because telomeres protect the ends of chromosomes to stop cells dividing.‎ ‎3.The underlined word “that” refers to .‎ A. four years B. body size C. the aging process D. the ability to repair ‎4.What’s the best title of the passage?‎ A. Differences Between Long-Living Animals B. A Science Report on Chromosomes C. Do Bats Hold the Secret to Long Life?‎ D. Are Humans and Bats Similar in Protecting Themselves?‎ ‎（一八一）江苏省连云港市 A Giant Opportunity for Conversation Visit Toronto’s most exciting attraction this year, the Xie Shou Giant Panda Experience. The two giant pandas will be on show from 2017 to 2019 to confirm our long-term conversation partnership promise between China and Canada.‎ Opening on May 18th, 2017, the show features themes including Eating Bamboo, Threats to Ciant Pandas and Saving Ciant Pandas. Come eye-to-eye with the pair of giant pandas. This show is open year round and included with regular Zoo admission.‎ About us We are one of Canada’s best zoos with over 6000 animals representing more than 450 species.Come and explore a world class zoo with award winning shows such as the Gorilla Rainforest, GreatBarrier Reef and the 10-acre Tundra Trek. Don’t miss our young white lions in the African Savannaor our African penguins that are built to swim, dive and fly through the sea!‎ Family fun includes daily keeper talks, five indoor buildings and over 700 acres to explore. Seasonal areas also include kid’s areas such as the Discovery Zone, Splash Island, Kids Zoo and theWaterside Theatre.‎ Directions By car: Take Hwy 401 East or West to Meadowvale Rd. in Toronto(Exit 389).‎ By transit: For T.T.C.(public transil) call 416-393-4636 or visit ttc.ca.‎ Admission May 1-Oct. 31 Nov.1-April 30‎ General (ages 13-64)=$28 General (ages 13-64)=$23‎ Senior (ages 65+)=$23 Senior (ages 65+)=$18‎ Child (ages 3-12)=$18 Child (ages 3-12)=$14‎ Child (ages 2 and under)=FREE Child (ages 2 and under)=FREE Information: Tel(416) 392-5929‎ torontozoo. com ‎ Tourism Toronto: 1-800-363-1990‎ ‎1.What’s the purpose of the giant panda show in Toronto?‎ A. To come eye-to-eye with the pair of giant pandas and explore the world class zoo.‎ B. To let people know the threats to Giant Pandas and raise money to save Giant Pandas.‎ C. To attract visitors to have a family fun in daily keeper talks and five indoor buildings.‎ D. To confirm our long-term conversation partnership promise between China and Canada.‎ ‎2.What shows will you be awarded if you win in exploring a world class zoo?‎ ‎①young white lions ②10-acre Tundra Trek ③Discovery Zone ‎ ‎④the Gorilla Rainforest ⑤Great Barrier Reef A. ①②③ B. ①②⑤ C. ②③④ D. ②④⑤‎ ‎3.If a family of five want to visit the zoo, including parents, grandfather aged 66 and two children aged 10 and 2, how much should they pay at least?‎ A. $55 B. $69 C. $78 D. $97‎ ‎（一八二）浙江省杭州市 Who wants to eat food that is thrown away as waste? Believe it or not, that’s exactly what world leaders did at a lunch held by the United Nations in 2015.‎ During the meal, the world leaders enjoyed dishes like salads and burgers made with thrown-away vegetables and fruits. Chef Dan Barber, who helped create the meal, hoped that the experience would make the leaders pay more attention to the issue of food waste.‎ It is a huge problem. One out of nine people on Earth does not get enough food. Yet every year over one third of the food produced worldwide goes to waste!‎ Why is so much food wasted? Firstly, food is often thrown away before it reaches customers because too much of it is produced, or because it is not kept properly in farms. Secondly, shops and supermarkets usually throw away unsold food. Finally, customers often buy more food than they need, so a lot of uneaten food is wasted.‎ How can you waste less food? When eating out, you may ask for less food and take home what is left. Visit fast food restaurants less often, since they are usually more wasteful. Encourage your favorite restaurants to give unsold food to food banks.‎ You can also waste less food at home. Use smaller rice bowls so that you serve less rice. Encourage family members to use unfinished rice to make rice puddings. Tell family members to make a shopping list and buy only what is on the list when shopping for food.‎ Food waste is a growing problem and we, either farmers or food sellers or customers, must take this problem more seriously and do what we can to help.‎ ‎1.What did world leaders do at a lunch held by the United Nations in 2015?‎ A. They threw away food as waste during the meal.‎ B. They made dishes with waste vegetables and fruits C. They ate food made with waste vegetables and fruits.‎ D. They helped Chef Dan Barber create the special meal.‎ ‎2.The underlined word "issue" in Paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ________.‎ A. result B. problem C. cause D. beginning ‎3.The writer organizes Paragraph 4 by asking a question and ______.‎ A. giving examples B. using numbers C. listing reasons D. telling a story ‎4.Which way of wasting less food is mentioned in the passage?‎ A. Buying unsold food from supermarkets.‎ B. Keeping food properly in a fridge.‎ C. Using smaller rice bowls when eating out.‎ D. Asking for less food in restaurants.‎ ‎（一八三）浙江省杭州市 When Canadian teenager Ryan was six years old, his teacher told him that many parts of Africa, there was no clean water. She said that people often made themselves ill, and even died, just from drinking or bathing in dirty water.‎ What she said made Ryan upset. He decided to raise money for a well(井) so that people in Africa could have clean water. He did extra chores for his parents and raised $ 70 all by himself. Then he found out that it actually cost $2,000 to dig a well.‎ Most people would have given up at this point, but not Ryan. He was disappointed, but determined to rise more money. Finally he collected over S 2,000. That money was used to dig the first of "Ryan’s wells".‎ Since then, Ryan has continued to raise money for more wells. In fact, Ryan has raised over $1,500,000!‎ Ryan calls himself “a normal boy" and likes to play ice hockey when he's not in school or travelling around the world talking to other students about himself and his work. As for the future, he has said that he isn't exactly sure what he will choose to do. "Something along the lines of a lawyer or a teacher. Maybe a leader!"‎ ‎1.Ryan’s teacher told him about the water problem in Africa in order to _______.‎ A. encourage Ryan to dig wells for people in Africa B. ask Ryan to raise money for poor people in Africa C. make Ryan feel unhappy and disappointed D. educate Ryan to care about African people in difficulty ‎2.What does Ryan think of himself according to the passage?‎ A. He is different from other students in many ways.‎ B. He never gives up when he has decided to do something.‎ C. He is talented and can do many great things in the future.‎ D. He's like other students with his own hobby and dreams.‎ ‎3.Which of the following is the best title for the passage?‎ A. Ryan and His Teacher B. Ryan and His Wells C. Ryan and His Money D. Ryan and His Future ‎（一八四）浙江省杭州市 There is a popular Chinese saying that “Fair skin (皮肤) will make up for three flaws(缺陷)”. This mentions the fact that in Chinese culture, it is believed that people who have fair skin are more beautiful. In Western culture, however, the opposite is true---many Westerners think tanned skin is prettier. The example shows that different cultures have different ideas of what they think is beautiful. These cultural meanings of beauty, however, are no longer important, As more and more people travel overseas, ideas about beauty are being shared among cultures. The Internet has also made it easier for people to share different types of beauty since people are always posting pictures on social media. The result is an ever-changing idea of what is considered beautiful.‎ The cultural practice of ear piercings, for example, has become a part of modern day culture. In Kenya, it is a tradition among the Marci men and women to pierce and then make their ear lobes (耳垂) longer using ivory and wood or stones. They then wear colorful things on their ear lobes. This is a common practice since longer ear lobes are seen as a sign of beauty. This tradition has now found its way into present-day culture. Nowadays, this might still seem unusual to some, but with more and more well-known actors and film stars showing off their longer ear lobes. i: will finally become more fashionable.‎ It is understood that different cultures around the world have different ways of showing beauty. However, since we now live in a worldwide society, people's views about beauty are always changing. With the help of the Internet, people are now able to easily borrow ideas from other cultures to help them stand out. So what new fashions can we expect to see in the future?‎ ‎1.What has made it easier for people to share ideas about beauty?‎ A. The development of technology.‎ B. The popularity of the latest fashions.‎ C. The unchanged cultural traditions.‎ D. The worlds growing population.‎ ‎2.What can be learned about the Masai people from the passage?‎ A. Longer ear lobes are their new fashion.‎ B. Only women make their ear lobes longer.‎ C. They think longer ear lobes look beautiful.‎ D. They make actors and film stars famous.‎ ‎3.The underlined word "them" in the last paragraph refers to _______ .‎ A. people B. ideas C. cultures D. fashions ‎4.What is the passage mainly about?‎ A. People in Asian countries like fair skin better.‎ B. Beauty is considered important in many cultures.‎ C. Different cultures have different ideas about beauty.‎ D. People's ideas about beauty are changing all the time.‎ ‎（一八五）重庆市B卷 As the saying goes, “Give a man a fish, and you feed him for a day. Teach a man to fish,and you feed him for a lifetime.”This is the way the charity organization Heifer International (国际小母牛慈善组织)wants to end world hunger.‎ It began in the 1930s when an American farmer, Dan West, went to Spain to help people in need. He tried to feed the people with milk. But it seemed that there would never be enough milk. It made him think that what they needed was“not a cup, but a cow”.‎ Dan West returned to America. He worked together with some friends to find ways to end hunger. He believed giving animals and providing training would stop world hunger. With his help, Heifer International was set up.‎ On Heifer International’s website, you will see a list of animals like cows, chickens, pigs and even fish and bees. You can offer help by buying some animals for one certain family. Those animals will have babies. With more and more animals, these families will be able to support themselves. Once these families get better lives, they will pass on the act of kindness to others. More importantly, you are buying the resources(资源) for ‎ programs run by Heifer International to help more families.‎ The programs also help small-sized farms. As a rule, each farmer must give his animal’s first female(雄性) baby to another in need. Heifer International also provides training on animals health and feeding. And these farmers all agree to teach others what they have learned as another rule.‎ However, there is still a long way to go. The milk may run out. But if families have their own cows, they can get plenty of milk to feed themselves. The organization wants the farmers to go on working together, helping each other and learning from each other. Maybe hunger can really be stopped.‎ ‎1.According to the passage, we know that Dan West .‎ A. set up a team in Spain B. helped people with enough fish C. was a Spanish farmer D. helped set up Heifer International ‎2.Which of the following is NOT TRUE about the charity organization Heifer International?‎ A. Heifer International makes a list of animals on its website.‎ B. Farmers in the program must teach others how to feed animals.‎ C. Farmers in the program must give all the animals' babies to others.‎ D. Heifer Intermational provides training on animals' health and feeding.‎ ‎3.If we put the passage into four parts, which of the following is the best?‎ ‎（①=Para.1 ②=Para.2 ③=Para.3 ④=Para.4 ⑤= Para.5 ⑥= Para.6）‎ A. ①；②③；④⑤；⑥ B. ①；②③；④；⑤⑥‎ C. ①②；③；④⑤；⑥ D. ①②③；④；⑤；⑥‎ ‎4.The best title of this passage may be“ ”‎ A. Advice on Feeding Cows B. A Cow Instead of a Cup C. The Charity Organizations D. An American Farmer ‎（一八六）重庆市B卷 Dear Li Hua,‎ How’s everything going? Congratulations on your graduation from junior high school!‎ I hope you have a great time during the holiday, but there is something important for you to think about- a plan for your personal growth. Here is some advice for yon Firstly. study yourself. Understand what you like, what you value and what you want to be. In studying yourself, you check your strengths( 长处)and weaknesses. Find out what you need to prepare for vour dream job.‎ Secondly,write down your plan. When writing,you can try using Mind Maps (思维导图).It is a good way to help you to think more clearly. And you may find a proper way to you’re your plan out.‎ Thirdly ,go over your plan with your teachers, parents or friends. They may give you some advice.Think carefully about their advice and make some changes to your plan if necessary. And then you can go on with it.‎ Finally,__ 54__. For example, if you want to be an English teacher in the future, you should spend more time reading English books, learning more about English culture and practicing your listening and speaking from now on. You can make your dream come true only through hard work..‎ You may find it difficult to make the plan now. Don’t worry. All you need is just a rough(粗略的) one. Once you enter the senior high school, you’ll get a chance to make it better with the help of your teachers. And your personal growth plan may change with your age, your interests and the social development. So take your time and I believe you will grow into an excellent young man.‎ Best wishes!‎ Yours,‎ Li Fang ‎1.The underlined word“study”in Paragraph 3 probably means_______in Chinese.‎ A. 学习 B. 审视 C. 帮助 D. 调查 ‎2.Which of the following can be the missing part in Paragraph 6?‎ A. plan to find a job B. try to be an English teacher C. practice English D. work hard to realize your dream ‎3.According to the passage, a personal growth plan in your lifetime may change with the following things except________.‎ A. your Mind Maps B. your age C. social development D. your interests ‎4.In the letter, Li Fang mainly wants to tell Li Hua________。‎ A. how to spend the holiday happily B. how to prepare for his dream joy C. how to make his personal growth plan D,how to review he plan with his frients ‎（一八七）重庆市B卷 National Smile Month is the largest and longest mouth health activity in the UK. Starting in 1977,it is celebrating its 42nd birthday from May 14 to June 14 this year.‎ The British are known for their bad teeth because they have too many sugary( 甜的) foods and drinks. It seems that most of them don’t often show their feelings. They neither smile nor cry.But this is NOT true. The British like to smile as much as anyone else. They just don’t want to show their bad teeth.‎ Brush your teeth at least twice a day, cut down sugary foods and drinks, and visit the dentist often. With the three messages, the organizers(组织者)hope that a month of smiling will make people all around the UK realize the importance of good teeth and be confident enough to open their mouths to smile.‎ One interesting activity is for the British to enjoy the fun photos with short stories behind. Seeing the smiling faces and reading the interesting stories, everyone can’t help smiling! You’re welcome to send yours with big smiles online.‎ Smiling is not only good for you but also good for those around you, even if you do have a few bad teeth. This makes National Smile Month a great idea!‎ ‎1.National Smile Month in the UK has had a history of______years so far.‎ A. 5 B. l4 C. 42 D. 77‎ ‎2.According to Paragraph 2, we learn that most of the British A. don’t like sugary foods B. have very good teeth C. don’t show their feelings D. like to smile in fact ‎3.The three messages in Paragraph 3 tell the British how to take care of their________.‎ A. teeth B. food C. drinks D. hands ‎4.National Smile Month in the UK suggests that__________.‎ A. the British should improve their health only this month B. the British should show more smiles with better teeth C. the British shouldn’t smile if they have a few bad teeth D. the British shouldn’t have many interesting activities ‎（一八八）重庆市B卷 Chinese Culture Centers Abroad We offer Chinese language courses and activities of Chinese culture.‎ ‎1.The first Chinese Culture Center in Asia was opened________.‎ A. in July, 1988 B. on October 29. 2002‎ C. in December, 2004 D. on December 5,2012‎ ‎2.If you want to learn Chinese painting. you can call_________.‎ A. 230-2088547 B. 0020-2-37798203‎ C. 00822-733-8307 D. 007-495-6121197‎ ‎3.You can do Chinese kung fu at the Chinese Culure Center_______.‎ A. in Mauritius B. in Cairo C. in Seoul D. in Moscow ‎（一八九）甘肃省白银市 What Does a Lifelong Learner Look Like?‎ Lifelong learners never think of themselves as the greatest expert in anything. They continue-to learn and bring a great deal to the groups they belong to. What does a lifelong learner look like? Here are some of their main characteristics (特征).‎ They are knowledge seekers. They are always searching for much information on a topic they're interested in and looking for new experience or opportunities to improve their knowledge or skills.‎ They are social and self-directed learners. They like taking different courses and taking part in discussions around subjects they are interested in. ___________________ they also know their own learning styles, and their strengths and weaknesses. They can plan and organize their own learning.‎ They are critical(批判性的) thinkers. They always use a lot of ways to analyze (分析) and synthesize(A EX)information. From their research they judge the information to see if it is useful for the question at hand.‎ They are problem solvers. They will meet different problems while learning. However, they usually see problems as challenges and life experiences and try to stand above them.‎ ‎1.What does the underlined "knowledge seekers" mean?‎ A. Persons who are looking for knowledge.‎ B. Persons who are teaching knowledge.‎ C. Persons whose jobs are inventing knowledge.‎ D. Persons who are testing knowledge.‎ ‎2.What can be put in the blank(空白处)?‎ A. They don’t like learning on society.‎ B. They learn both from and with others.‎ C. They learn from plants and animals.‎ D. They invite each other to parties.‎ ‎3.Which of the following most clearly shows you are a critical thinker?‎ A. You always use a lot of ways to analyse and synthesize information.‎ B. You believe in the information you get and use them in your study.‎ C. You correct mistakes someone makes as soon as you find them.‎ D. You ask others for help when you can’t correct your own mistakes.‎ ‎4.How is the passage organized? (P= Paragraph)‎ ‎5.What is the purpose of the passage?‎ A. To describe the height, clothes and hairstyle of a lifelong learner.‎ B. To explain the relationship between common people and lifelong learners.‎ C. To suggest lifelong learners become experts.‎ D. To introduce some of the main characteristics lifelong learners have.‎ ‎（一九0）甘肃省白银市 阅读短文，根据其内容回答文后各个小题。‎ Alice in Wonderland Chapter 2‎ Alice was not hurt, so she jumped to her feet in a moment. She looked up, and found the White Rabbit was still in sight. She was close behind it when she turned the comer, but the Rabbit was no longer to be seen. She found herself in a long, low hall.‎ There were doors all around the hall, but they were all locked.‎ Alice walked sadly down the middle, wondering how she was ever to get out again.‎ Suddenly, she came upon a little three-legged table. There was nothing on it but a tiny golden key, and Alice's first idea was that this might belong to one of the doors of the hall.‎ But, alas! Either the locks were too large, or the key was too small. However, on the second time round, she came upon a low curtain she had not noticed before and behind it was a little door.‎ She tried the little golden key in the lock, and she was pleased to find it fitted!‎ ‎1.The hall where Alice stayed is___________.‎ A. long and low B. big and high C. wide and low D. big and wide ‎2.What did Alice want to do when she got to the hall?‎ A. She wanted to know how to get some food B. She wanted to know where her sister was C. She wanted to find out how to get out again D. She wanted to meet the Rabbit ‎3.Where did Alice find the tiny golden key?‎ A. B. C. D. ‎ ‎4.How did Alice feel when the gold key fitted into a lock?‎ A. Tired B. Shocked C. Happy D. Interested ‎5.Which is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. Alice had never seen the White Rabbit before she got to the hall B. Some of the doors around the hall were locked C. Alice noticed the little door as soon as she entered the hall D. The passage is from Alice in Wonderland.‎ ‎（一九一）浙江省湖州 Safe Travel Abroad Preparing to go traveling abroad can be really stressful, especially if you don’t know what to expect. Here is a list of important things to remember, so you know exactly what you need to do before you take off.‎ What vaccines(疫苗) do I need?‎ Go to your doctor for advice as soon as you know you're going traveling. They will know what vaccines you will need and will be able to advise you on when you need to have them. Remember, some vaccines need to be given months ahead, so make sure you book an appointment as early as possible.‎ Do I need a visa(签证)?‎ It's important that you have the correct official documents for traveling abroad. If you don't have the necessary paperwork, you might be refused entry. You’ll need to check that your passport hasn't been out of date either.‎ How do I arrange travel insurance(保险)?‎ Travel insurance is really important. It can protect you in different kinds of situations, such as if you need medical treatment or if your flights are canceled. Travel insurance can be arranged easily online or over the ‎ phone, but you can always turn to your local travel agency. Travel agents will also be able to advise you on what you are insured against.‎ ‎1.Those who will most probably be interested in this text.‎ A. work in insurance companies B. need medical treatment C. plan to travel abroad D. want to take vaccines ‎2.The text above may be from the part of in a newspaper.‎ A. news B. life C. sports D. advertisement ‎3.The main purpose of the text is to__________.‎ A. help you make a travel plan B. tell you how to keep safe while traveling C. give you some advice on travel preparations D. suggest you buy insurance for your family ‎（一九二）浙江省湖州 For me, one of the greatest pleasures in life is going to watch a great film at the cinema. It's a chance for me to get away from real life. There's nothing better than being lost in a story unless, of course, someone decides to break down the moment.‎ Whether at a cinema or a huge theatre, someone usually decides to treat the place like their own home! There is an accepted way of behaving at the cinema which some people don t seem to understand.‎ To start with, some people always turn up late, causing you to rise from your seat to allow them to go past. Then, when you want to enjoy the surround-sound effects, someone begins to enjoy their drinks and popcorn and thus makes a lot of noises, And what I can't stand most is people who decide to chat to their friends, sometimes not even about the film.‎ I'm not alone in this situation. Simon Mayo, a film critic at the BBC, experienced a “new low" during a film. ‎ He says, "The woman in front of me got a mirror out, then her boyfriend got a phone out and used the light on it to allow her to do her make-up!”‎ Simon has helped to create a list of rules on how moviegoers should behave at the cinema. One of them is no use of mobile phones, and another is not to take your shoes off--a most serious offence(冒犯)!‎ Of course, when we have paid for a ticket, we feel it is our right to relax and enjoy the film in the way we want to, but we mustn't forget our fellow moviegoers who want to enjoy the cinematic experience, too.‎ The best choice for anyone wanting to break the rules of cinema manners is to get a DVD and watch it at home. But we all know that the best way to enjoy the art of cinematography is on the big screen._______________‎ What about you? What annoys you about other people at the cinema?‎ ‎1.Why does the writer enjoy going to the cinema?‎ A. It makes him feel like being at home.‎ B. It gives him a moment to stay away from real life C. He prefers watching the films on big screens.‎ D. He wants to enjoy the cinematic experience.‎ ‎2.What is considered by Simon to be the rudest at a cinema?‎ A. Using mobile phones. B. Chatting to their friends.‎ C. Taking the shoes off D. Having drinks and eating popcorn ‎3."__________"is the best sentence to fill in the blank in Paragraph 7?‎ A. Don’ t break the rules B. Manners are important!‎ C. Just stay at home! D. It's your choice!‎ ‎4.Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Popular Cinemas B. A Serious problem C. Cinema Manners D. An Unpleasant Experience.‎ ‎（一九三）浙江省湖州 ‎① My little sister is spoilt(宠坏的). She has Dad wrapped around her finger. If I had done or said some of the things that she does when I was her age, I would have been in big trouble. Not her- she's Daddy’s girl. She’s three.‎ ‎②An example: Dad asked her to get his glasses from the kitchen. My sister said, “You’ve got legs. You get them..” When he asked again, she said, "Benny’s got legs. He can get them. "Mum and Dad thought she was ‎ funny. I just thought she was rude.‎ ‎③One night she woke Dad and said she dreamed that "Benny was fighting a witch (巫婆)."Mum and Dad let her sleep in their bed the rest of the night. I never slept in their bed- not that I would have wanted to. She is so spoilt.‎ ‎④One time at the beach after she'd been playing in the surf with Mum, my sister shouted that an "octopus’s tentacles" had bitten (咬) her. Dad laughed his head off. It wasn't that funny. She was certainly imagining. I knew that's what she thought as I'd done a project on animals for school.‎ ‎⑤She likes to do homework when I do mine. She sits next to me and pretends to write pages of homework. It's just letters such as the letters in her name that she repeats for row after row. Mum says she s just trying to be like me but it drives me crazy when I'm trying to fix my attention on my work.‎ ‎⑥She took her favorite book, Animalia, to Kindy(幼儿园) this morning. When dad and I collected her from Kindy this afternoon, a boy had taken her book out of her locker and was being really careless with the pages. I could tell she didn’t like him having her book. I took the book off the boy and told him to treat books nicely. My sister looked very happy.‎ ‎⑦Later my Dad told me that my sister admires me. I guess that’s pretty cool.‎ ‎1.Which of the following shows the structure(结构)of the whole passage?‎ ‎2.What does the underlined sentence in Paragraph ②show?‎ A. The sister is worried about Benny’s legs B. The sister doesn’t want to help her Dad C. The sister is just playing a joke on Benny.‎ D. The sister thinks she can’t get the glasses at all.‎ ‎3.How does the sister feel about her brother?‎ A. She likes him very much.‎ B. She is jealous(嫉妒) of him C. She is afraid of him D. She wants his attention all the time ‎4.According to the passage, the writer is ____________.‎ A. proud and lucky B. annoyed but thankful C. angry and hurt D. jealous but protective ‎（一九四）浙江省湖州 Workers wear them. Swimmers wear them. Scientists wear them. Woodcutters wear them. People who play sports wear them. Goggles protect the eyes. They keep out water and chemicals. They keep out bits of wood or stone. They might look funny, but goggles do serious work!‎ Why do people need to wear goggles? They need to keep their eyes sasfe. Many things can hurt our eyes. Have you ever gotten a piece of sand or dirt or other small particle in your eye? What happens? It hurts. Your eye begins to fill with tears. Those tears are your body’s way of getting the sand or dirt out of your eye. Sometimes this works. Your eye feels much better.‎ But what happens if your tears don't work? What happens if the piece of sand has gotten stuck in your eye? Eyes are delicate. They can be scratched or cut easier than skin(皮肤). If the particle is not washed out by tears, you might have to go to the doctor. You could even have problems seeing out of that eye.‎ Instead of waiting to see if tears will help, some people use goggles. This can prevent things from getting in their eyes at all. If they use goggles. their eyes are protected from the things that can cause problems, Goggles are a better way to protect eyes. They are made of plastic or glass, and they are tied around your eye area. Some of them hook behind your ears like glasses. Other goggles have a strap (带子) that goes around your head. Both kinds stay right where you put them until you take them off. That way, you can use both hands to work or play sports, and you don't have to worry about something getting in your eyes.‎ Your eyes are safe, and you can get busy working or playing!‎ ‎1.Which of the following is a kind of goggles?‎ A. B. C. D. ‎ ‎2.From the passage, we know that tears___________.‎ A. work better than goggles B. stop things getting into eyes C. help to wash out the sand or dirt D. show ones sadness or happiness ‎3.The underlined word" delicate" in Paragraph 3 means ___________.‎ A. easily hurt B. quite important C. easily protected D. quite special ‎4.The fourth paragraph mainly __________.‎ A. describes different types of goggles B. tells how goggles develop C. introduces the problems of goggles D. encourages people to use goggles ‎（一九五）山东省威海市 Amanda Kitts is one of “tomorrow’s people” people who have artificial (人工的) body pats. She has a bionic(电子操控的)arm.‎ Now, Kitts runs a day -care center. Children run up to her ‎ happily as she comes into the classroom. She bends over to talk with a small girl. As she bends Kitts puts her hands on her knees. For most people, this would be easy. However, just a few years ‎ ago, this was impossible for Kitts.‎ In 2006, Kitts was in a car accident. A truck crushed(挤坏) her left arm and the doctor had to cut it off. "I was angry, sad, depressed. I just couldn't accept it," she says. But then she heard about a new technique that could use the remaining nerves(神经) in her shoulder to contort an artificial arm.‎ In a difficult operation, a doctor moved Kitts's nerves to different mens of her upper- arm muscles. For months, the nerves grew. Millimeter by millimeter, they moved deeper into their new homes. “At three months I started feeling little tingles and twitches(刺痛和抽搐),”she said. A month later, she got her first bionic arm. A research engineer worked with Kitts to make the computer programs match her real movements more and more closely.‎ Today, Kitts's arm is great, but it's not yet perfect. She wants feeling in her hands. For example, she needs to ‎ feel whether something is rough or smooth. She also needs feeling to do one of her favorite things-drink coffee "The problem with a paper coffee cup is that my hand will close until it gets a solid grip,” she says. One time at a coffee shop, her hand kept closing until it crushed the cup. But Kitts says positively, "One day I'll be able to feel things with it, and clap my hands… to the songs my kids are singing”‎ ‎1.What is the difference between Kitts and normal people?‎ A. She has a bionic arm. B. She can bend C. She can put her hands on her knees ‎2.Kitts got her first bionic arm _____________after the difficult operation.‎ A. almost three months B. over one month C. more than four months ‎3.Kitts is able to ____________with her bionic hand.‎ A. clap her hands B. hold thing C. feel rough or smooth things ‎4.Kitts's attitude toward her new arm is______________.‎ A. positive B. Angry C. perfect ‎5.Choose the right order of the events ‎①Kitts heard about a new technique ‎②Kitts crushed a paper coffee cup ‎③Kitts had two human arms ‎④A truck hit Kitts's car ‎⑤Kitts got her first bionic arm ‎⑥Doctors moved some of the nerves in Kitts’s arm A. ④①⑥⑤②③ B. ③④⑤①②⑥ C. ③④①⑥⑤②‎ ‎（一九六）山东省威海市 One day Vimala and her new friend. Mary, were playing at school. Mary was a very quiet and shy girl but Vimala liked her. While jumping, Mary’s glasses fell off and broke. Just then the bell rang and they had to hurry to their science class.‎ ‎“Oh dear, I'm going to be as blind as a bat. But we'd better hurry. It's Miss Lee's class, "said Maray.‎ At the start of the lesson, Miss Lee explained how to do the experiment to produce large eye crystals. Then she started to question the class. Nobody dared to give a wrong answer because Miss Lee was a very strict teacher ‎ Miss Lee held up a clamp(夹具) and said, "What do we use it for? What do we call it? All the girls looked down, while she looked at their heads for one to pick on. "Mary?" she finally asked.‎ Mary was sitting at the back of the class. She stood up and peered at Miss Lee, but she could not see clearly what the teacher was holding. She was nervous a bit and did not answer.‎ Miss Lee repeated her question. This time she spoke more slowly and there was anger in her voice.‎ ‎"What is this used for ?" she asked Vimala saw storm clouds climbing up to Miss Lee's face. She knew that the storm was about to burst on Mary, so she put up her hand. Miss Lee paid no attention to her and stared through narrowed eyes at Mary, waiting for an answer.‎ Mary did not know what to say. She looked to her left and right for help. Too seared to say out that she couldn’t see clearly, Mary hoped that if she kept quiet Miss Lee would ask somebody else.‎ Vimala guessed what was wrong, so she decided to take a risk. She jumped to her feet and said, "Excuse me. Miss Lee. Mary broke her glasses just before the lesson started. I don't think she can see the clamp clearly. "Then she sat down, praying (祈祷)that the ceiling would not fall on her.‎ ‎“Oh!” Miss Lee said, a little surprised. She had thought that Mary was refusing to answer.‎ Now that she understood, her anger faded away. “Thank you, Vimala.” she said Then she turned to Mary and said, “Come and look at this.”‎ Mary left her chair and went to the front of the class.‎ ‎“It’s a clamp.” she said. "We can put it on a metal stand(支架) and use it to hold things in place.”‎ ‎"Well, you got it right at last. "Miss Lee said with a brief smile. But you'd better not do any experiments until your glasses have been repaired. You can watch Vimala while she does the experiment.‎ The storm clouds disappeared. The smile disappeared from Miss Lee's face and she continued with the lesson. Vimala winked at Mary who peered at her and smiled weakly.‎ ‎1.What's the matter with Mary’s glasses?‎ A. They were lost. B. They were broken C. They were left at home ‎2.Miss Lee was __________ teacher.‎ A. an English B. a science C. a math ‎3.Why couldn't Mary answer Miss Lee's question?‎ A. Because she didn't know the answer B. Because she couldn't hear what Miss Lee was saying C. Because she couldn’t see what the teacher was holding ‎4.The sentence "Vimala saw storm clouds climbing up to Miss Lee's face.” means Vimala found_______‎ A. the sky was cloudy B. a heavy storm was coming C. Miss Lee was becoming angry ‎5.Which of the following is not right?‎ A. Mary was quiet and shy and also as blind as a bat B. Miss Lee was a strict and serious teacher C. Mary knew what a clamp was used for ‎（一九七）四川省乐山市 When was the last time you gave or received a hug? Do your parents hug you before you go to school? In Western countries, it is quite common to greet close friends or relatives with a hug.‎ You might hug your teammates after winning a basketball game. If one of your friends is having a bad day, you can hug them to cheer them up. Friends who haven’t seen each other for a long time will usually hug each other when meeting.‎ Of course, people in different countries have different opinions when it comes to hugging. After coming to China, I’ve noticed that people are generally more reluctant (不情愿的) to hug than they are in my home country, the US.‎ My Chinese friends told me that hugging is considered to be very intimate (亲密的) in their culture. It usually only happens between people who are really close to each other, like couples. Chinese people don’t usually hug in public, either.‎ But people’s attitudes (态度) towards hugging can also change. I remember watching a video story about a “hugging party” that was held in Shanghai. A local artist held the party, inviting strangers and asking them to hug each other.‎ The Chinese participants (参与者) clearly looked uncomfortable. However, after the party, several of them changed their minds. They decided that hugging doesn’t have to be awkward (尴尬的) and can actually be quite nice. So next time you see your mom or dad, give them a hug –see how it makes you feel.‎ ‎1.What usually happens between good friends when meeting in Western countries?‎ A. Hugging.‎ B. Nodding.‎ C. Shaking hands.‎ ‎2.The second paragraph tells us ______.‎ A. the advantages of hugging each other B. some situations in which people hug each other C. the reasons why friends need to hug each other ‎3.In Chinese culture, hugs usually happen between ______.‎ A. friends B. classmates C. couples ‎4.What did people do at the “hugging party”?‎ A. They were invited to hug each other.‎ B. They watched a video about hugging.‎ C. They told stories about hugging.‎ ‎5.The writer wrote the last paragraph to ______.‎ A. encourage people to be nice to strangers B. explain why people feel uncomfortable while hugging C. show how people can change their minds about hugging